WO2020211727A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020211727A1
WO2020211727A1 PCT/CN2020/084545 CN2020084545W WO2020211727A1 WO 2020211727 A1 WO2020211727 A1 WO 2020211727A1 CN 2020084545 W CN2020084545 W CN 2020084545W WO 2020211727 A1 WO2020211727 A1 WO 2020211727A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
information
access network
gateway
tracking area
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/084545
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘琼
晋英豪
谭巍
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020211727A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020211727A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W60/00Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration
    • H04W60/04Affiliation to network, e.g. registration; Terminating affiliation with the network, e.g. de-registration using triggered events
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • H04W48/10Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery using broadcasted information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/02Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/04Large scale networks; Deep hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/06Airborne or Satellite Networks

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • a tracking area (TA) method is used to track the location of the terminal, so as to facilitate location management and paging of the terminal.
  • the core network device configures a tracking area list (tracking area list, TA list) for the terminal.
  • a TA list contains one or more tracking area codes (TAC), and one TAC is used to identify one TA.
  • TAC tracking area codes
  • a TA can contain one or more cells.
  • TAU tracking area update
  • the core network device pages the terminal in the area corresponding to the configured TA list.
  • the core network equipment does not know the latest location of the terminal, and the terminal needs to perform TAU so that the core network equipment knows the current TA of the terminal, and the core network equipment can update the terminal’s TA list.
  • NTN non-terrestrial networks
  • the terminal does not move or moves at a low speed, the terminal’s serving cell is also changing, and the terminal is likely to frequently move out of the TA list.
  • the indicated cell causes the terminal to frequently perform TAU and the signaling overhead increases.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, in order to avoid frequent execution of TAU by terminals in non-terrestrial networks.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal or a chip of the terminal, and the method includes: the terminal receives a broadcast message from an access network device and stores information about a tracking area.
  • the broadcast message includes information about the tracking area
  • the information about the tracking area includes information about the service gateway.
  • the terminal receives the information of the tracking area and stores the information of the tracking area.
  • the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway.
  • the serving cell of the terminal is also changing, causing the terminal to frequently perform TAU.
  • the communication method according to the embodiment of the application performs management based on the information of the serving gateway. On the ground, and the location of the serving gateway is fixed, when the serving cell of the terminal changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs may not necessarily change, so as to avoid frequent TAU execution by the terminal.
  • the terminal may also perform the following steps: if the tracking area information in the received broadcast message is not in the tracking area list TA List of the terminal, the terminal executes the tracking area update TAU.
  • the terminal only needs to determine whether the currently received service gateway information exists in the TA List to determine whether to perform TAU. It can be inferred from the above method that when the serving cell of the terminal or the accessed access network equipment changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs does not necessarily change, and therefore, the tracking area information does not necessarily change. In this way, the tracking area information does not exceed the range indicated by the TA List, and the terminal does not perform TAU. Compared with the frequent execution of TAU due to changes in the serving cell in the prior art, the number of times that the terminal executes TAU can be greatly reduced, and the terminal frequently executes TAU.
  • the terminal may also perform the following steps:
  • the terminal performs TAU.
  • the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area, which belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway; after the terminal receives the broadcast message from the access network device, the terminal can also perform the following steps:
  • the terminal performs TAU.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device or a chip of an access network device, and the method includes: the access network device obtains tracking area information and sends a broadcast message.
  • the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway, and the broadcast message includes the information of the tracking area.
  • the access network equipment obtains the tracking area information, including:
  • the access network device determines the service gateway; the service gateway is the ground gateway to which the access network device is connected, and the access network device is only connected to one ground gateway; or, the service gateway is the gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways, and the connection
  • the networked equipment is connected to N ground gateways, where N>1, N is an integer;
  • the access network device obtains the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
  • the access network device selects the service gateway to ensure the communication quality between the access network device and the service gateway. Also, because the tracking area information is obtained based on the information of the service gateway, and the geographic location of the service gateway relative to the ground is different. If changes occur, the tracking area information can accurately characterize the tracking area where the terminal is located.
  • the access network equipment obtains the tracking area information, including:
  • the access network device obtains the information of the tracking area according to the first correspondence; where the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • the access network device directly determines the tracking area information based on the first corresponding relationship, such as an ephemeris, which reduces the amount of calculation of the access network device and simplifies the processing flow.
  • the information of the determined tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway, and the geographic location of the serving gateway is relatively fixed on the ground, the information of the tracking area can more accurately indicate the location of the terminal.
  • the broadcast message sent by the access network device includes:
  • the access network device sends a first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes information of the service gateway corresponding to the first time period;
  • the access network device sends a second broadcast message, the second broadcast message includes information of the service gateway corresponding to the second time period, and the information of the service gateway included in the first broadcast message and the second broadcast message are different.
  • the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area.
  • the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway in the time period, and the access network device sends a broadcast message, including:
  • the access network device sends a third broadcast message, and the third broadcast message includes the information of the sub-area corresponding to the third time period;
  • the access network device sends a fourth broadcast message, the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-area corresponding to the fourth time period, and the information of the sub-area included in the third and fourth broadcast messages is different.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device or a chip of an access network device, the method includes: the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device, and Receive a connection establishment response from the first core network device.
  • the connection establishment request includes information of one or more ground gateways connected to the first core network device.
  • the access network equipment can also perform the following steps:
  • the access network equipment obtains the ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
  • the access network equipment detects the synchronization signal of each terrestrial gateway, and obtains the information of the terrestrial gateway based on the detected synchronization signal of the terrestrial gateway, so as to establish a connection with the core network equipment to which the terrestrial gateway belongs through the terrestrial gateway. Communication connection.
  • the access network equipment can also perform the following steps:
  • the access network device sends a TA update request to the first core network device and receives a TA update response from the first core network device; wherein the TA update request includes updated tracking area information, and the updated tracking area information includes Information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway is one of one or more ground gateways, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network device.
  • the access network device reports the updated service gateway to the first core network device, so that the first core network device updates the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device, which is a paging process Provide an information basis.
  • the access network equipment can also perform the following steps:
  • the access network device obtains the first correspondence, and according to the first correspondence, determines the current service gateway information to obtain the tracking area information.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device or a chip of a core network device.
  • the method includes: a first core network device receives a connection establishment request from an access network device, and sends The access network device sends a connection establishment response.
  • the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes information about one or more ground gateways to which the first core network device is connected.
  • the first core network device may also perform the following steps:
  • the first core network receives the TA update request from the access network device and sends a TA update response to the access network device; wherein the TA update request includes information about the tracking area, the information about the tracking area includes information about the service gateway, and the service gateway includes From the gateways determined from the ground gateways connected to the access network equipment, the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network equipment.
  • connection establishment request further includes time information, the time information includes time period information, and the information of the service gateway connected to the access network device in different time periods is different.
  • connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region, and the time information also includes the information of the sub-period.
  • a time period includes one or more sub-periods, and the sub-region belongs to the time period.
  • the coverage area of the service gateway, and different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which is applied to an access network device or a chip of an access network device, and the method includes: the access network device receives a paging message from a first core network device, And broadcast paging messages.
  • the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the sending time tracking area list TA List.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which is applied to a core network device or a chip of a core network device, and the method includes: the first core network device determines the tracking area list TA List at the time when the paging message is sent The access network device connected to the serving gateway sends a paging message to the access network device.
  • the tracking area list TA List includes tracking area information
  • the tracking area information includes service gateway information.
  • the paging is performed based on the area covered by the access network device connected to the gateway in the TA List at the paging moment (that is, the moment when the paging message is sent).
  • the tracking area information broadcast by the satellite is always bound to the serving cell, and the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times, even if the terminal does not move or has low speed Mobile, the terminal may also frequently perform TAU. Therefore, in the prior art, the satellite moves relative to the ground, and its broadcast cell also moves relative to the ground. In the prior art, the cell that moves relative to the ground at all times indicates the terminal. The location is poor in accuracy.
  • the tracking area information of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application includes the information of the service gateway. Since the service gateway is deployed on the ground and the position of the service gateway is fixed, even if the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times and the terminal moves at a low speed, as long as If the terminal does not exceed the coverage of the serving gateway, the terminal does not need to perform TAU. Since the number of times the terminal performs TAU is reduced in the embodiment of the present application, the number of serving gateways in the TA List of the terminal is small, which reduces the paging range and saves paging resources.
  • the first core network device determines the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List, including:
  • the first core network device obtains the second correspondence, and determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time of sending the paging message according to the second correspondence.
  • the second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the first core network device can determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent based on the real-time updated second correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device, so as to facilitate The paging message is sent through the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
  • the first core network device determines the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List, including:
  • the first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent according to the third correspondence.
  • the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway.
  • the first core network device determines the connection to which the serving gateway in the TA List is connected at the time the paging message is sent according to the third correspondence (time period information, the correspondence between the access network device and the serving gateway). Access network equipment, so as to send paging messages through the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
  • the tracking area information also includes sub-area information
  • the first core network device determines the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the service gateway in the TA List of the area list, including:
  • the first core network device determines the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time of sending the paging message according to the fourth correspondence.
  • the fourth correspondence relationship includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network equipment and the information of the sub-area.
  • One or more sub-periods constitute a time period, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the constituted time period.
  • the fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the sub-areas corresponding to the access network device.
  • the first core network device determines the sending area of the paging message according to the sub-area information in the TA List, which can narrow the paging range and save paging. Call resources.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • the device includes: a communication unit, a storage unit, and a processing unit.
  • the communication unit is used to receive broadcast messages from the access network equipment, the broadcast messages include tracking area information, and the tracking area information includes service gateway information; the storage unit is used to store tracking area information.
  • the processing unit is configured to perform the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information in the broadcast message received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to execute the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information with the granularity of the serving gateway received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
  • the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area.
  • the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway.
  • the processing unit is used to receive the broadcast message from the access network device, if the communication unit receives the information If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the sub-area is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit, the tracking area update TAU is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the access network device in the second aspect described above.
  • the device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain the information of the tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway; the communication unit is used to send a broadcast message, and the broadcast message includes the information of the tracking area.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain the information of the tracking area, including: used to determine the serving gateway; the serving gateway is the ground gateway connected to the access network device, and the access network device is connected to only one ground gateway; Or, the serving gateway is the gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways, and the access network device is connected to the N ground gateways, where N>1, and N is an integer;
  • the processing unit configured to obtain the information of the tracking area, includes: being configured to obtain the information of the tracking area according to the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • the communication unit configured to send a broadcast message, includes: being configured to send a first broadcast message in a first time period, and the first broadcast message includes information of a service gateway corresponding to the first time period;
  • the second broadcast message includes the service gateway information corresponding to the second time period, and the service gateway information included in the first broadcast message and the second broadcast message are different.
  • the tracking area information also includes sub-area information, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway in the time period.
  • the communication unit is configured to send a broadcast message, including: being used to send a third broadcast message in a third time period, the third broadcast message including information of a sub-region corresponding to the third time period;
  • the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-region corresponding to the fourth time period, and the information of the sub-region included in the third broadcast message and the fourth broadcast message are different.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the access network device in the third aspect described above.
  • the device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit.
  • the communication unit is configured to send a connection establishment request to the first core network device, the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the first core network device Information of one or more ground gateways connected; also used to receive a connection establishment response from the first core network device.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
  • the communication unit is also used to send a TA update request to the first core network device; wherein the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information, and the updated tracking area information includes the service gateway Information, the serving gateway is one of one or more ground gateways, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the communication device;
  • the communication unit is also used to receive the TA update response from the first core network device.
  • the processing unit is configured to obtain and determine the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence to obtain the information of the tracking area.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the core network device in the fourth aspect described above.
  • the device includes: a communication unit.
  • the communication unit is configured to receive a connection establishment request from the access network device, the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the first core network device Information of one or more ground gateways connected; also used to send a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • the communication unit is also used to receive a TA update request from the access network device, and send a TA update response to the access network device; wherein the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area, and the tracking area
  • the information includes the information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateways connected to the access network device, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network device.
  • the connection establishment request further includes time information, the time information includes time period information, and the information of the service gateway connected to the access network device in different time periods is different.
  • connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region, and the time information also includes the information of the sub-period.
  • a time period includes one or more sub-periods, and the sub-region belongs to the time period.
  • the coverage area of the service gateway, and different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the access network device in the fifth aspect described above.
  • the device includes: a communication unit.
  • the communication unit is used to receive a paging message from the first core network device and broadcast the paging message.
  • the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the sending time tracking area list TA List.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the core network device in the sixth aspect described above.
  • the device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, and the communication unit is used to send the paging message to the access network device.
  • the tracking area list TA List includes tracking area information
  • the tracking area information includes service gateway information.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: acquiring the second correspondence, and according to the second correspondence The corresponding relationship determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent.
  • the second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: determining the paging message according to the third correspondence The access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the sending time.
  • the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway.
  • the tracking area information also includes sub-area information.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the time when the paging message is sent.
  • the access network equipment connected to the service gateway in the tracking area list TA List includes: According to the fourth correspondence, the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent is determined.
  • the fourth correspondence relationship includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network equipment and the information of the sub-area.
  • One or more sub-periods constitute a time period, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the constituted time period.
  • the fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the corresponding sub-areas of the access network device.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which is used to implement the function of the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or to implement the function of the access network device in the above-mentioned second, third or fifth aspect, or It is used to realize the function of the core network device in the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that has the function of implementing the communication method of any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • a communication device including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory to enable the The communication device executes the communication method according to any one of the above aspects.
  • a communication device including: a processor; the processor is configured to couple with a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute the communication method according to any one of the foregoing aspects according to the instruction.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the communication method of any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method of any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • a circuit system in a nineteenth aspect, includes a processing circuit configured to execute the communication method according to any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • a chip in a twentieth aspect, includes a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory stores program instructions. When the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor, the communication method of any one of the above aspects is implemented.
  • a communication system in a twenty-first aspect, includes a terminal in any of the foregoing aspects, an access network device in any aspect, and a core network device in any aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an NTN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an NTN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an NTN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to an NTN system or other similar systems.
  • it can be applied to other communication systems where a terminal frequently performs TAU.
  • the NTN system architecture includes access network equipment, terminals communicating with the access network equipment, and core network equipment.
  • the functional modules of the access network equipment can be deployed on airborne platforms or satellites, or deployed in other forms of high-altitude communication equipment.
  • the terminal and the access network equipment communicate through a wireless interface, the access network equipment communicates with the core network equipment through the ground gateway, and the core network equipment and the ground gateway are both deployed on the ground.
  • the above NTN system architecture can be applied to the current long term evolution (LTE) or advanced long term evolution (LTE advanced, LTE-A) system, and can also be applied to the fifth-generation mobile communication technology currently under development (5 -generation, 5G) network or other networks in the future.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE advanced, LTE-A advanced long term evolution
  • 5G fifth-generation mobile communication technology currently under development
  • LTE and 5G hybrid networking or in other systems, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the core network equipment, access network equipment, and terminals in the above NTN system architecture may correspond to different names. Those skilled in the art can understand that the names do not limit the equipment itself.
  • the core network equipment referred to in the embodiments of the present application is a device deployed in the core network to provide services for terminals.
  • the names of core network devices with similar wireless communication functions may be different.
  • the core network equipment may be an access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • MME mobile Sexual management entity
  • the foregoing devices that can provide services for terminals are collectively referred to as core network devices.
  • Access network equipment is a device deployed on a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions.
  • the access network equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application includes, for example, but not limited to, the following various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also referred to as small stations), relay stations, and transmission reception points (TRP) , Next-generation network nodes (g Node B, gNB), evolved Node B (ng-eNB) connected to the next-generation core network, etc., and can also include wireless local area network (WLAN) access Equipment and other non-third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) radio access network equipment.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • 3GPP third generation partnership project
  • the functional modules of the access network equipment can be deployed on airborne platforms or satellites, or other forms of communication equipment deployed in the air.
  • the access network equipment may refer to an airborne platform that connects the terminal to the core network equipment, or a satellite, or other similar equipment.
  • the terminal is mainly used to receive or send data.
  • the terminals involved in the embodiments of the present application may include, for example, but not limited to, various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems; It can include subscriber unit (subscriber unit), cellular phone (cellular phone), smart phone (smart phone), wireless data card, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, tablet computer, handheld device (handheld), laptop Laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (MTC) terminal (terminal), user equipment (UE), etc.
  • subscriber unit subscriber unit
  • cellular phone cellular phone
  • smart phone smart phone
  • wireless data card personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer
  • tablet computer tablet computer
  • handheld device handheld
  • laptop Laptop computer laptop Laptop computer
  • MTC machine type communication terminal
  • UE user equipment
  • the NTN system includes access network equipment and core network equipment.
  • the access network equipment can be deployed on an airborne platform.
  • the airborne platform may include at least one of the following: satellite, drone, or hot air balloon.
  • the NTN system also includes a ground gateway and a data network (DN).
  • the terminal communicates with the access network equipment through the interface, for example, through the new radio-air interface between gNodeB and user equipment, NR-Uu.
  • the access network equipment communicates with the ground gateway through an interface, for example, through a wireless interface (NG over satellite radio interface, NG over SRI).
  • the ground gateway communicates with the core network device through an interface, for example, through a logical interface (next generation, NG).
  • the core network device can be connected to only one ground gateway. At this time, the access network device can be connected to the core network device through a ground gateway, as shown in Figure 1.
  • the core network device can be connected to more than one ground gateway. At this time, the access network device can be connected to the core network device through any one of the more than one ground gateways, as shown in Figure 2 ( Figure 2 only shows 2 ground gateways).
  • the core network device may communicate with entities or network elements in a data network (data network, DN) through an interface, for example, through an N6 interface.
  • FIG. 3 shows another NTN system architecture.
  • the NTN system includes access network equipment and core network equipment.
  • the access network equipment includes a distributed unit (DU) and a control unit (CU).
  • the access network device may be a next generation Node B (gNB).
  • the gNB may include a next generation Node B-distributed unit (gNB-DU) and a next generation Node B-control unit (gNB-CU).
  • gNB-DU is deployed on the satellite and gNB-CU is deployed on the ground.
  • the NTN system may also include a terrestrial gateway and DN.
  • the terminal communicates with the gNB-DU through the new radio interface (new radio-Uu, NR-Uu), and the gNB-DU communicates with the gNB-CU through the ground gateway.
  • the gNB-DU communicates through the satellite radio interface (F1 , F1 over SRI) to communicate with the ground gateway.
  • the gNB-CU communicates with core network equipment through the next generation (NG) interface.
  • the core network device can communicate with network elements or entities in a data network (DN) through the N6 interface.
  • the NTN system architecture of the embodiment of the present application may include multiple access network devices and multiple core network devices.
  • Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3 only exemplarily show one access network device, one Core network equipment.
  • the dotted line represents the wireless communication connection
  • the solid line represents the wired communication connection.
  • NTN system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied in the process of position management of a terminal.
  • the communication method includes the following steps:
  • S401 The access network device obtains information about the tracking area.
  • the access network equipment may be carried on a satellite.
  • the base station mounted on the satellite or the DU mounted on the satellite, or the DU and CU mounted on the satellite.
  • the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway.
  • one gateway can be selected from multiple ground gateways as the service gateway.
  • the geographic location of the ground gateway is fixed.
  • the information of the serving gateway may be referred to as ground gateway information (ground gateway information).
  • the serving gateway is a gateway that is accessed by the access network equipment and can provide services for the access network equipment.
  • the information of the serving gateway may be the name of the serving gateway, the identity (ID) of the serving gateway, or other forms. Exemplarily, if the method of the embodiment of the present application is applied to the system as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, the serving gateway refers to a gateway that provides services for base stations (mounted on satellites).
  • the serving gateway refers to a gateway that provides services for gNB-DU (mounted on a satellite). It is easy to understand that when the location of the access network device changes, the service gateway of the access network device may also change. Correspondingly, the service gateway information (such as the name of the service gateway) changes, and the tracking area information Also changed accordingly.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the terminal receives the broadcast message from the access network device.
  • the broadcast message includes tracking area information.
  • the access network device For a certain access network device, its service gateway is constantly changing. Therefore, the access network device will broadcast the information of different tracking areas along with the change of the running track.
  • the terminal stores the information of the tracking area.
  • the terminal will store the received tracking area information, such as service gateway information, in the TA List to facilitate subsequent location management and paging, and provide information support for the location management and paging process.
  • the information of the serving gateway includes GW1-ID
  • the terminal stores the tracking area information after receiving the tracking area information including GW1-ID.
  • the access network device obtains the information of the tracking area and sends a broadcast message with the information of the tracking area, and the terminal stores the information of the tracking area.
  • the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway.
  • the serving cell of the terminal is also changing, causing the terminal to frequently perform TAU.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application performs management based on the information of the serving gateway. Since the serving gateway is deployed on the ground, In addition, the location of the serving gateway is fixed. When the serving cell of the terminal changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs may not necessarily change, so as to prevent the terminal from frequently performing TAU.
  • the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs in the embodiment of the present application refers to that the terminal is connected to the core network device through the serving gateway. This is a unified description, and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal executes:
  • the terminal does not perform TAU.
  • the information of the tracking area may include the information of the service gateway, and may also include the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
  • the specific implementation process for the terminal to determine whether to execute TAU may include the following steps:
  • the terminal performs TAU.
  • the terminal does not need to perform TAU.
  • the terminal receives the tracking area information broadcast by gNB1 (including the information of the serving gateway) , That is, GW1-ID), the terminal knows that the tracking area information is in the TA List, then the terminal does not perform TAU.
  • the terminal moves, although its position changes, usually as long as it does not exceed the dotted oval area (the dotted oval area represents the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1), the core network equipment can learn the location of the terminal. In this way, the terminal does not need to Perform TAU.
  • the terminal may move at a low speed and move from the coverage area of gNB1 to the coverage area of gNB2.
  • the serving cell changes.
  • the terminal does not exceed the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1, that is, the tracking area information is still in the TA List of the terminal, and the terminal does not need to perform TAU.
  • the broadcast tracking area information in the process of gNB1 moving from right to left in the figure, includes GW1-ID. If gNB1 continues to move from right to left, gNB1 broadcasts The tracking area information includes GW2-ID. Similarly, when gNB2 moves from right to left in the figure, the broadcast tracking area information includes GW1-ID. If gNB2 continues to move from right to left, the tracking area information broadcast by gNB2 includes GW2-ID.
  • UE1 may first receive GW1-ID and GW2-ID broadcast by gNB1, and then receive GW1-ID and GW2-ID broadcast by gNB2.
  • the information to the tracking area alternates between GW1-ID and GW2-ID.
  • the information in the TA List corresponding to the terminal UE1 is updated to: GW1-ID and GW2-ID.
  • the TA List has been updated through the GW1-ID and GW2-ID broadcast by gNB1. Therefore, the tracking area broadcast by gNB2 can be guaranteed.
  • the information is in the updated TA List (including GW1-ID and GW2-ID), and the terminal does not need to perform TAU. That is, the above method can reduce the frequency of TAU execution when the ping-pong phenomenon occurs, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the terminal only needs to determine whether the currently received tracking area information exists in the TA List to determine whether to perform TAU. It can be inferred from the above method that when the serving cell of the terminal or the accessed access network equipment changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs does not necessarily change, and therefore, the tracking area information does not necessarily change. In this way, the tracking area information does not exceed the range indicated by the TA List, and the terminal does not perform TAU. Compared with the frequent execution of TAU due to changes in the serving cell in the prior art, the number of times that the terminal executes TAU can be greatly reduced, and the terminal frequently executes TAU.
  • the terminal after the terminal receives the information of the tracking area, since the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway, the terminal only needs to determine whether the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the serving gateway is in the TA List of the terminal , You can determine whether to perform TAU, which greatly simplifies the terminal operation process.
  • the specific implementation process of the terminal determining whether to execute TAU may include the following steps:
  • the terminal performs TAU.
  • the terminal does not need to perform TAU.
  • the dashed oval area represents the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1
  • the right half of the dashed oval area represents subarea 1 of the serving gateway GW1 (can be identified as "-1")
  • the left half of the dashed oval area The part represents the sub-area 2 of the serving gateway GW1 (can be identified as "-2").
  • the tracking area information in the TA List of the terminal includes: GW1-2-ID. If the terminal receives information about a certain tracking area, the information about the tracking area includes GW1-2-ID, as shown in FIG. 9. At this time, since the information GW1-2-ID of the sub-area is in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal does not need to perform TAU.
  • the terminal moves from left to right in the figure and enters another sub-area (sub-area 1), if the terminal receives the information of another tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes GW1-1-ID. At this time, since the information GW1-1-ID of the sub-area is not in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal needs to perform TAU so that the core network device can obtain the tracking area where the terminal is currently located.
  • the terminal only needs to determine whether the currently received tracking area information with the granularity of sub-area exists in the TA List to determine whether to perform TAU.
  • location management it is not only possible to determine which service gateway is covered by the terminal at the current moment, but also which sub-area of the service gateway coverage area the terminal is in. In this way, the position range of the terminal is smaller, and the terminal position can be indicated more accurately.
  • the access network device obtains the information of the tracking area.
  • the following examples illustrate.
  • the access network device acquiring the tracking area information may include the following steps:
  • the access network device determines a service gateway.
  • the access network device determines the serving gateway according to the ground gateway to which the access network device is connected.
  • the information of each ground gateway connected to the access network device comes from the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence may include the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • the first correspondence relationship may be an ephemeris, a trajectory timetable, or the like.
  • the access network device may store the first correspondence in advance, or, when the access network device needs to determine the serving gateway, obtain the first correspondence from the first core network device.
  • the information of each terrestrial gateway connected to the access network device comes from the synchronization signal of each terrestrial gateway.
  • the synchronization signal of the ground gateway carries the information of the ground gateway, such as the identifier of the ground gateway.
  • the access network device can only detect the synchronization signal of one ground gateway, obtain the information of a ground gateway from the detected synchronization signal, and establish a connection with the first core network device through the ground gateway.
  • the access network device is connected to only one ground gateway, and the ground gateway is used as a service gateway for communication.
  • the access network device has determined the serving gateway, and the access network device also detects synchronization signals from other ground gateways, and then adds a link with the corresponding ground gateway. If the access network device also detects a signal from the ground gateway GW2, it adds a link with the ground gateway GW2.
  • the access network device switches the serving gateway.
  • the handover condition of the serving gateway may include: the signal quality of a certain terrestrial gateway is better than the signal quality of the current serving gateway.
  • the switching condition of the serving gateway may also include: within the time threshold (which can be flexibly set according to the application scenario), the signal quality of a certain ground gateway is better than the signal quality of the current serving gateway.
  • the switching condition of the serving gateway may also include: the signal quality of the current serving gateway is lower than the signal quality threshold (which can be set separately according to the application scenario).
  • the access network device obtains the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
  • the access network device may use the identification of the serving gateway (such as "GW1-ID” or "GW2-ID”) as the tracking area information.
  • the access network device may use the identifier of the serving gateway (such as "GW1-ID” or "GW2-ID”) as part of the tracking area information.
  • the access network equipment selects the service gateway to ensure the communication quality between the access network equipment and the ground gateway, and because the tracking area information is obtained based on the information of the service gateway, and the geographic location of the service gateway relative to the ground is different. If changes occur, the tracking area information can accurately characterize the tracking area where the terminal is located.
  • the access network device selects the service gateway by signal strength to obtain tracking area information
  • the signal quality of the ground gateway GW1 is better than the signal quality of the ground gateway GW2.
  • the ground gateway GW1 serves as the service gateway of the access network device gNB1.
  • the access network device gNB1 and the ground The gateways GW1 are connected by solid lines to indicate that the access network device gNB1 uses the ground gateway GW1 as the service gateway.
  • the broadcast message sent by the access network device gNB1 includes tracking area information, and the tracking area information includes the ground gateway The identification of GW1 (GW1-ID).
  • the access network equipment also detects synchronization signals from other, such as the ground gateway GW2, and adds a link with the ground gateway GW2.
  • the access network equipment gNB1 and the ground gateway GW2 are connected by a dotted line. To indicate that the access network device gNB1 has added a link with the ground gateway GW2.
  • the access network device gNB1 is constantly moving relative to the ground, the separation distance between the access network device gNB1 and the two ground gateways (GW1 and GW2) is also changing.
  • the access network device detects that the signal quality of the ground gateway GW2 meets the handover condition of the serving gateway, it indicates that the ground gateway GW2 can serve as the serving gateway of the access network device gNB1.
  • the access network device gNB1 is connected with the ground gateway GW1 and the ground gateway GW2 by solid lines, which means that the access network device gNB1 still uses the ground gateway GW1 as the serving gateway, and the ground gateway GW2 satisfies the switching of the serving gateway. Conditions, it can be used as the service gateway of the access network device gNB1.
  • the state shown in FIG. 12 is a state where the access network device gNB1 does not perform serving gateway switching, and the tracking area information in the broadcast message sent by the access network device gNB1 still includes the identity (GW1-ID) of the ground gateway GW
  • the access network device gNB1 performs serving gateway switching, and switches the serving gateway from the ground gateway GW1 to the ground gateway GW2.
  • a solid line connection is used between the access network device gNB1 and the ground gateway GW2 to indicate that the access network device gNB1 uses the ground gateway GW2 as the service gateway.
  • the tracking area information includes the identification of the ground gateway GW2 (GW2-ID).
  • the access network device gNB1 and the ground gateway GW1 are connected by a dotted line to indicate that the link between the access network device gNB1 and the ground gateway GW1 has not been deleted.
  • the access network device acquiring the tracking area information may include the following steps:
  • the access network device obtains the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • the first corresponding relationship may indicate: in different time periods, the service gateway to which the access network device is connected.
  • the service gateway corresponding to each time period provides services for the access network equipment.
  • the ephemeris, trajectory timetable, etc. may include the first correspondence.
  • the access network device may store the first correspondence in advance, or, when the access network device needs to determine the serving gateway, obtain the first correspondence from the first core network device.
  • the access network device determines the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence to obtain the information of the tracking area.
  • the access network device acquiring the tracking area information may include the following steps:
  • the access network device obtains the ephemeris.
  • the ephemeris includes the time when the access network device accesses the service gateway.
  • the ephemeris may include: one or more of the service time, de-service time, service duration, and orbit period of the satellite provided by each of the one or more service gateways.
  • the time that the service gateway provides services to the satellite can be understood as the time that the satellite accesses the gateway. De-serving by a certain service gateway means that the satellite leaves the gateway, so that the service gateway no longer provides services for the satellite.
  • the length of time between the time when a satellite accesses a certain service gateway and the time when the satellite leaves the gateway is called the service time length of the gateway serving the satellite.
  • Satellite orbit period refers to the time required for a satellite to circle the earth.
  • Table 1 is a possible ephemeris, where each ground station corresponds to a ground gateway, and each ground gateway has its own core network ID.
  • the ephemeris may also include more or less information than Table 1, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation of the ephemeris.
  • the access network device determines the tracking area information according to the ephemeris.
  • the access network device determines the tracking area information according to the time when the access network device accesses the service gateway.
  • the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway.
  • the information of the service gateway may include, for example, but not limited to, the identifier and name of the service gateway.
  • the satellite corresponding to the China station in Table 1 as an example, its orbital period around the earth is 79200 s.
  • the satellites are in different spatial positions, for example, Assuming that it is inferred from the above ephemeris, from 12:00 to 13:00, the satellite is over the Chinese region, and from 17:00 to 18:00, the satellite is over the European region.
  • the satellite is connected to the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station.
  • the information of the tracking area determined by the satellite may include, for example, the identifier (X) of the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station.
  • the tracking area information may include the identification (Y) of the ground gateway deployed in the European area. It is understandable that the satellite can determine which time period the current time is in based on the time when the satellite is connected to different service gateways in the ephemeris, so as to know which service gateway is connected to, and then the tracking area information.
  • the access network device directly determines the tracking area information based on the first correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period, such as an ephemeris, which reduces the computational load of the access network device and simplifies the processing flow.
  • the information of the determined tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway, and the geographic location of the serving gateway is relatively fixed on the ground, the information of the tracking area can more accurately indicate the location of the terminal.
  • the service gateway is used as the granularity of the tracking area information, and further, the granularity of the tracking area information can be refined.
  • the access network device divides the time period to which the current time information belongs to obtain one or more sub-periods, each sub-period corresponds to a sub-region, and each sub-region belongs to time The coverage area of the service gateway corresponding to the segment.
  • the tracking area information broadcast by the access network device includes the service gateway information and the sub-area information. In this way, different tracking area information may include the same service gateway information and different sub-area information. Alternatively, different tracking area information may include different service gateway information and different sub-area information.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the following examples illustrate.
  • the access network device directly sends different broadcast messages.
  • the access network equipment uses the ground gateway with the best signal strength as the tracking area information, and directly broadcasts a broadcast message including the tracking area information.
  • the terminal receives the broadcast message from the access network device.
  • the access network device sends different broadcast messages according to time periods.
  • the specific implementation process for the access network device to send the broadcast message may include the following steps:
  • the access network device sends a first broadcast message.
  • the first terminal receives the first broadcast message from the access network device.
  • the first broadcast message includes information about the first tracking area, and the information about the first tracking area includes information about the first service gateway corresponding to the first time period.
  • the first terminal is a terminal located in the coverage area of the first serving gateway.
  • the access network device sends a second broadcast message.
  • the second terminal receives the second broadcast message from the access network device.
  • the second broadcast message includes the information of the second tracking area, and the information of the second tracking area includes the information of the second service gateway corresponding to the second time period.
  • the second terminal is a terminal located in the coverage area of the second serving gateway.
  • the first service gateway is different from the second service gateway.
  • the satellite is connected to the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station, and the tracking area information broadcast by the satellite is for example It may include the identification (X) of the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station.
  • the tracking area information may include the identification (Y) of the ground gateway deployed in the European area.
  • the access network device only sends different broadcast messages based on time, so that after receiving the broadcast message, the terminal determines whether to perform TAU, so as to facilitate subsequent location management of the terminal.
  • the tracking area information includes the service gateway information and the sub-area information.
  • each time period corresponds to a service gateway.
  • each time period includes one or more sub-periods.
  • the coverage area of each service gateway includes one or more sub-areas, and each sub-period corresponds to one sub-areas.
  • the access network device sends different broadcast messages according to sub-periods. Different broadcast messages may be broadcast messages that include information about different service gateways, or broadcast messages that include information about the same service gateway and information about different sub-regions.
  • the information of the tracking area includes the information of the third serving gateway and the information of the first sub-area.
  • the access network device sends different broadcast messages according to the time information, which may specifically be broadcasts corresponding to different sub-areas under the same serving gateway.
  • the message may also be a broadcast message corresponding to the same sub-area under different service gateways, or a broadcast message corresponding to different sub-area under different service gateways.
  • the specific implementation process of S402 may include the following steps:
  • the access network device sends a third broadcast message.
  • the third terminal receives the third broadcast message broadcast from the access network device.
  • the third broadcast message includes the information of the third tracking area.
  • the information of the third tracking area includes information of the third service gateway corresponding to the third time period and information of the third sub-area.
  • the third time period is a part of the time period corresponding to the service gateway information in the third broadcast message.
  • the third terminal is a terminal in the third subarea in the third broadcast message.
  • the access network device sends a fourth broadcast message.
  • the fourth terminal receives the fourth broadcast message broadcast from the access network device.
  • the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the fourth tracking area.
  • the information of the fourth tracking area includes the information of the service gateway corresponding to the fourth time period and the information of the subarea. Specifically, it may include the information of the third service gateway and the information of the second subarea, and it may also include the information of the fourth service gateway and the first subarea.
  • the information of a sub-area may also include information of the fourth service gateway and information of the second sub-area.
  • the fourth time period is a part of the time period corresponding to the service gateway information in the fourth broadcast message.
  • the fourth terminal is a terminal in the sub-area of the fourth broadcast message.
  • the serving gateway of the access network device gNB1 is the gateway GW1.
  • the coverage area of the gateway GW1 can be divided into two sub-areas: sub-areas 1 and sub-areas 2 according to the above ephemeris.
  • the identifier of sub-area 1 may be "-1"
  • the identifier of sub-area 2 may be "-2”.
  • the dashed elliptical area in the right half is sub-area 1
  • the dashed elliptical area in the left half is sub-area 2.
  • the access network device (gNB1) enters the subarea 1. In this way, from 10:00 to 10:30, the access network device gNB1 broadcasts the information of the third tracking area.
  • the information of the third tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway (such as "GW1") and subarea 1 (such as subarea).
  • the information of the area 1 identifier "-1"), and the format of the information of the third tracking area may specifically be GW1-1-ID (other formats are not excluded).
  • the access network device gNB1 enters the subarea 2, and the access network device gNB1 sends the information of the fourth tracking area to the terminal.
  • the information of the fourth tracking area includes the service gateway The information of the fourth tracking area (such as "GW1") and the information of the sub-area 2 (such as the identifier of the sub-area 2 "-2"), and the information of the fourth tracking area may specifically be GW1-2-ID.
  • the time period corresponding to the service gateway is divided.
  • the information of the tracking area broadcasted by it is also Include information about sub-regions.
  • the access network device when performing location management on the terminal, not only can it be determined which serving gateway the access network device is connected to at the current moment, but it can also be determined which sub-region of the service gateway coverage area that the broadcast message sent by the access network device can reach. Area for more precise terminal location management.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which is applied in the process of communication connection management between the access network device and the core network device.
  • the communication method includes the following steps:
  • the access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway.
  • the information of the terrestrial gateway may include the name or identification of the terrestrial gateway.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device receives the connection establishment request from the access network device.
  • connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the information of the ground gateway.
  • the connection establishment request includes information about one or more ground gateways to which the first core network device is connected.
  • the first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the connection establishment response from the first core network device.
  • the connection establishment response includes the identifier of the first core network device.
  • the first core network device may refer to an access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the identifier of the first core network device may be the name of the first AMF, or the number of the first AMF, etc., such as AMF1.
  • the first core network device After the first core network device establishes a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, it sends a connection establishment response to the access network device. Or, for example, after receiving the connection establishment request from the access network device, the first core network device first sends a connection establishment response to the access network device, and then establishes communication between the access network device and the first core network device connection.
  • the specific implementation process for the access network device to obtain the information of the terrestrial gateway may include the following steps:
  • the access network device determines the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period, and is used to indicate the service gateway to which the access network device is connected in different time periods.
  • the identifiers of the two terrestrial gateways may be respectively: GW1 and GW2, and "1-GW1" may be used to characterize the correspondence between the first core network device and the gateway GW1.
  • “1-GW2” may be used to characterize the correspondence between the first core network device and the gateway GW2, where "1-" may indicate the first core network device.
  • the ephemeris includes the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the information of the time period, and the access network device obtains the information of the two ground gateways, GW1 and GW2, from the ephemeris based on the current time information.
  • the access network device obtains the current service gateway information through the first corresponding relationship, and provides information support for establishing a communication connection with the first core network device.
  • the specific implementation process for the access network device to obtain the information of the ground gateway may include the following steps:
  • the access network device obtains ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
  • the access network device can detect the signal of a certain ground gateway, the access network device obtains the ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal, which can be recorded as GW1.
  • the access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway by detecting the synchronization signal of each ground gateway, so as to establish a communication connection with the first core network device through the ground gateway.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the following examples illustrate.
  • the connection establishment request includes the information of the ground gateway to which the first core network device is connected, so that the first core network device learns the information of all the ground gateways during the communication connection with the access network device.
  • the number of ground gateways included in the connection establishment request is consistent with the number of ground gateways connected to the first core network device.
  • the ground gateway GW1 and the ground gateway GW2 are both connected to the first core network device.
  • the ground gateway information in the connection establishment request may include: 1-GW1 and 1-GW2.
  • “1-” indicates the first core network device
  • “1-GW1” indicates the ground gateway GW1 connected to the first core network device
  • “1-GW2” indicates the ground gateway GW2 connected to the first core network device.
  • the connection establishment request includes information of the ground gateway obtained by the access network device based on the ground gateway synchronization signal, so as to establish a communication connection with the first core network device through the ground gateway.
  • the access network device obtains the information of a certain ground gateway from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway, which is recorded as GW1.
  • the connection establishment request sent by the access network device may include: GW1.
  • the connection establishment request includes the TAC, and the TAC includes the information of the ground gateway.
  • Table 2 shows the field content included in the connection establishment request:
  • IE/Group Name Supported TA Item
  • TAC Track Area Code
  • Default Paging DRX Default Paging discontinuous reception
  • the connection establishment request includes service gateway information and time information
  • the time information includes time period information
  • the service gateways connected to the access network devices in different time periods are different.
  • the connection establishment request may include: GW1, starting time: 12:00, duration: 40 minutes; GW2, starting time: 12:41, duration: 20 minutes.
  • GW1, start time: 12:00, duration: 40min means that from 12:00, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the serving gateway GW1, and the duration is For 40 minutes, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway GW1.
  • GW2, start time: 12:41, duration: 20min means that at 12:41, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the serving gateway GW2, and the duration is 20 Minutes, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway GW2.
  • the connection establishment request includes service gateway information and time information
  • the time information includes sub-period information
  • one or more sub-periods constitute a time period.
  • Different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas, a certain sub-area belongs to the coverage area of a certain service gateway, and the service gateway is the gateway corresponding to the time period constituted by the sub-period.
  • the connection establishment request may include: GW1-1, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min; GW1-2, start time: 10:31, duration: 30min.
  • GW1 represents the gateway
  • “-1” represents the subarea 1
  • "GW1-1” represents the subarea 1 of the gateway GW1
  • "-2" represents the subarea 2
  • “GW1-2” represents the subarea of the gateway GW1 2.
  • "GW1-1, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min” means that from 10:00, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the service gateway GW1,
  • the sub-area 1 broadcast message of the gateway lasts for 30 minutes.
  • the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway GW1 and the information of the sub-area 1.
  • GW1-2, start time: 10:31, duration: 30min means that from 10:31, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the serving gateway GW1,
  • the sub-area 2 broadcast message of the gateway lasts for 30 minutes, and the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway GW1 and the information of the sub-area 2.
  • connection establishment request includes the service gateway information and time information.
  • Table 3 shows the field content included in the connection establishment request:
  • IE/Group Name Supported TA Item
  • Tracking Area Code TAC
  • Start Time StartTime
  • the access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway
  • the access network device is based on the signal strength of each ground gateway , Determine the service gateway. If the serving gateway changes, the information based on the tracking area determined by the serving gateway will also change accordingly. Since the connection establishment request sent by the access network device only includes the information of the ground gateway obtained from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway, the first core network device also needs to know the tracking area information that the access network device updates every time, The corresponding relationship between the access network device and the service gateway is updated in real time, which is recorded as the second corresponding relationship. The following describes the processing procedure after the access network device updates the tracking area information:
  • the serving gateway of the access network device switches between gateways connected to the same core network device (such as the first core network device).
  • the access network device updates the tracking area information After that, a TA update request needs to be sent to the first core network device.
  • the specific implementation process may include the following steps:
  • the access network device sends a TA update request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device obtains the TA update request from the access network device.
  • the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information
  • the updated tracking area information includes the information of the serving gateway
  • the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateway connected to the access network device
  • the TA update request is used for Request to update the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the service gateway of the access network device changes: the ground gateway GW1 connected to the first core network device is switched to the ground gateway GW2.
  • the TA update request may include the information of the ground gateway GW2 of the first core network device, such as 1-GW2. Among them, “1-" indicates the first core network device, and “GW2" indicates the information of the ground gateway.
  • the first core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the TA update response from the first core network device.
  • the first core network device may first update the second correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device in the TA update request, and then send a TA update response to the access network device.
  • the first core network device may first send a TA update response to the access network device, and then update the correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device in the TA update request.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence of the first core network device updating the second correspondence and sending the TA update response to the access network device.
  • the serving gateway of the access network device is switched between the ground gateways connected to different core network devices.
  • the serving gateway is switched from the ground gateway connected to the first core network device to the second The ground gateway to which the core network equipment is connected.
  • the access network device updates the tracking area information, it needs to send a TA update request to the second core network device.
  • the specific implementation process may include the following steps:
  • the access network device sends a TA update request to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device obtains the TA update request from the access network device.
  • the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information
  • the updated tracking area information includes the information of the serving gateway
  • the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateway connected to the access network device
  • the TA update request is used for Request to update the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the service gateway of the access network device changes: the ground gateway GW2 connected to the first core network device is switched to the ground gateway GW1 connected to the second core network device.
  • the TA update request may include the information of the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device, such as 2-GW1.
  • 2-GW1 indicates the second core network device
  • GW1 indicates the information of the ground gateway.
  • the second core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the TA update response from the second core network device.
  • the second core network device updates the second correspondence (correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device), and the execution sequence of sending the TA update response to the access network device is not limited.
  • all TA update requests include TAC, and the TAC includes updated service gateway information.
  • the contents of the fields added in the TA update request can be found in Table 4.
  • Table 4 shows the contents of the fields included in the TA update request:
  • IE/Group Name Supported TA Item
  • TAC Tracking Area Code
  • the access network device reports the updated service gateway to the core network device, so that the core network device can update the corresponding relationship between the service gateway and the access network device in real time, providing an information basis for the paging process .
  • the information of the service gateway is used as the information of the tracking area to describe the communication method of the embodiment of the present application in detail.
  • the access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW1.
  • the access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW1 from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway GW1, or the access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW1 through configuration information, such as an ephemeris.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW1, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1 ( GW1-ID).
  • the access network device can only obtain the information of one ground gateway GW1, the ground gateway GW1 is used as the serving gateway.
  • the first core network device may be the access and mobility management function (AMF), the access network device will obtain the information of the ground gateway, fill in the TAC, and request the connection establishment from the interface Report to AMF.
  • the connection establishment request includes TAC.
  • the first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF1.
  • the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
  • the first core network device stores the correspondence between the first serving gateway and the access network device.
  • the first core network device establishes and stores the corresponding relationship between the serving gateway GW1 and the access network device, which is recorded as the second corresponding relationship.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the service gateway information.
  • the broadcast message includes TAC, and TAC includes service gateway information.
  • the access network device accesses the first core network device through GW1, that is, the current serving gateway is GW1. Therefore, the broadcast message may include GW1-ID, for example.
  • the terminal at this time is a terminal in the service area of the ground gateway GW1.
  • the broadcast message sent by the first core network device includes a system information block (system information block, SIB), and the SIB carries the information GW1-ID of the serving gateway.
  • SIB system information block
  • the access network device when it detects signals from other terrestrial gateways, it can determine whether to perform serving gateway switching based on the terrestrial gateway signal and the signal quality of the current serving gateway (that is, the first serving gateway).
  • the communication method of the application embodiment may further include the following S2105 to S2107:
  • the access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW2.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the second core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW2 ( GW2-ID).
  • the second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response includes AMF2.
  • S2108 to S2112 are executed:
  • the access network device sends a handover request to the second core network device.
  • the switching request is used to request to switch the serving gateway from the first serving gateway (GW1) to the second serving gateway (GW2), and the switching request includes the identification (GW2-ID) of the second serving gateway.
  • the handover request includes the identification (gNB-ID) of the access network device.
  • the second core network device sends a handover request to the first core network device.
  • the handover request is used to request to switch the serving gateway of the access network device from the first serving gateway (GW1) to the second serving gateway (GW2).
  • the first core network device sends a handover confirmation message to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device receives the handover confirmation message from the first core network device.
  • the second core network device updates the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the serving gateway GW2 is replaced with the serving gateway GW1, and the second correspondence between the serving gateway GW2 and the access network device is established and stored.
  • the second core network device sends a handover response to the access network device.
  • the handover response includes information of the second serving gateway, such as GW2-ID.
  • the second core network device may execute S2111 after receiving the handover request (ie, S2108), or execute S2111 after S2109, S2110, or S2112, or execute S2111 at other times.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the information of the serving gateway, namely GW2-ID.
  • the terminal at this time is a terminal in the service area of the serving gateway GW2.
  • the access network device After the access network device receives the updated service gateway information, it can broadcast the updated service gateway information. In this way, the terminal can parse out the broadcast message through the broadcast control channel (BCCH), thereby accurately learning the tracking area information, and improving the accuracy of the TAU.
  • BCCH broadcast control channel
  • the access network device can obtain the information of the terrestrial gateway from the ephemeris, and then connect the location of the terminal.
  • the specific implementation process is as follows:
  • the access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway from the ephemeris.
  • the access network device reads the information of all ground gateways (such as ground gateway GW1 and ground gateway GW2) that will be connected from the AMF from the ephemeris.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateways GW1 and GW2, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ground gateway GW1 and ID of GW2 (such as 1-GW1-ID and 1-GW2-ID).
  • the first core network device may be AMF.
  • the ground gateway obtained by the access network device from the ephemeris serves as the service gateway during the connection with the AMF.
  • the access network equipment fills in the information of all the ground gateways (such as the ground gateway GW1 and the ground gateway GW2) into the TAC, and reports it to the AMF from the interface to inform all the TAC information during the connection with the AMF.
  • the first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF1.
  • the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
  • the first core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the corresponding relationship between the first core network device storage service gateway (1-GW1 and 1-GW2) and the access network device is recorded as the second corresponding relationship.
  • the access network device determines the service gateway.
  • the access network device determines that the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW1 is greater than the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW2, and selects the ground gateway GW1 as the serving gateway.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the service gateway information.
  • the current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW1-ID, for example.
  • the access network device determines the service gateway.
  • the access network device determines that the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW2 is greater than the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW1, and selects the ground gateway GW2 as the serving gateway.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the current service gateway information.
  • the current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW2 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW2-ID, for example.
  • the access network equipment when it moves in the air, it may be in the coverage area of different core network equipment at different times. In order to ensure that the access network equipment establishes a connection with the corresponding core network equipment, it is necessary to obtain the ground gateway information of the corresponding core network equipment. information.
  • the access network device obtains information of another core network device, such as a ground gateway connected to the second core network device, for example, 2-GW1 based on the ephemeris. Among them, “2-" indicates the second core network device, and “GW1" indicates the ground gateway to which the second core network device is connected.
  • the access network device may establish a connection with the core network device based on the information of the ground gateway, that is, the communication method of the embodiment of the present application may further include the following S2208 to S2210:
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the second core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1 ( For example, 2-GW1-ID).
  • the second core network device may be AMF.
  • the ground gateway obtained by the access network device from the ephemeris serves as the service gateway during the connection with the AMF.
  • the access network device fills the information of all ground gateways (such as the ground gateway GW1) into the TAC, and reports it to the AMF from the interface to inform all the TAC information during the connection with the AMF.
  • the second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF2.
  • the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
  • the second core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the second core network device stores the second correspondence between the service gateway (2-GW1) and the access network device.
  • the access network device determines the serving gateway.
  • the access network device determines that the signal strength of the ground gateway (2-GW1) of the connected second core network device is greater than the signal strength of the service gateway (1-GW2), and selects the ground gateway (2 -GW1) is the service gateway.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the service gateway information.
  • the current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 2-GW1-ID, for example.
  • the access network device sends a connection disconnection request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device receives the connection disconnect request from the access network device.
  • the release request is used to request to disconnect the communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device.
  • the first core network device sends a disconnection response to the access network device.
  • the first core network device may first send a connection disconnection response to the access network device, and then disconnect the communication connection with the access network device, or first disconnect the communication with the access network device Connect, and then send a connection disconnection response to the access network device.
  • the communication method in this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence of the first core network device sending the connection disconnection response and disconnecting the communication connection with the access network device. .
  • the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as 1-GW1).
  • the access network equipment is connected to the gateway 1-GW1 and passes through the gateway 1-GW1.
  • GW1 exchanges information with the first core network device.
  • the gateway 1-GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway 1-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device.
  • the communication method of the application embodiment includes S2200-S2205, S2213, and S2214.
  • the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateway, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways.
  • the gateway 1-GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the first core network device through the gateway 1-GW2.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the application includes S2200-S2207, S2213, and S2214.
  • the access network equipment will still cross the terrestrial gateway, for example, before the gateway 1-GW2 coverage, later, the access network equipment will be within the gateway 2-GW1 coverage.
  • the gateway 2-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway 2-GW1.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes S2200-S2214. This means that the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway. After that, due to the change in the position of the access network device in the air, it is connected to the second core network device. The equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
  • the access network device can obtain the information of the ground gateway from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway, and then manage the location of the terminal.
  • the specific implementation process is as follows:
  • the access network device obtains ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
  • the information of the ground gateway GW1 is acquired from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway detected by the access network device.
  • the access network device can only obtain the information of the ground gateway GW1, and at this time, the ground gateway GW1 is used as the serving gateway.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW1
  • the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device
  • the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1, For example, 1-GW1-ID.
  • “1-” indicates the first core network device
  • “GW1” indicates the ground gateway
  • 1-GW1-ID indicates that the ground gateway GW1 is connected to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device may be AMF.
  • the information of the ground gateway obtained by the access network equipment from the synchronization signal.
  • the access network device fills the information of the ground gateway (such as the ground gateway GW1) into the TAC, and reports it to the AMF through the interface.
  • the first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF1.
  • the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
  • the first core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the first core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway (1-GW1) and the access network device, which is recorded as the second correspondence.
  • the access network device determines the service gateway.
  • the access network device determines that the number of connected ground gateways is one, and uses the ground gateway GW1 as the serving gateway.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the service gateway information.
  • the current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW1-ID, for example.
  • the access network device detects the signal of the ground gateway GW2 connected to the first core network device, such as 1-GW2.
  • the first core network device such as 1-GW2.
  • “1-” represents the first core network device
  • GW2 represents the ground gateway.
  • the access network device determines the service gateway.
  • the access network device determines that the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW2 is greater than the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW1, and selects the ground gateway GW2 as the serving gateway.
  • the broadcast message includes the service gateway information.
  • the current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW2 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW2-ID, for example.
  • the access network device sends a TA update request to the first core network device.
  • the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway (1-GW2-ID), and the TA update request is used to request to update the information of the serving gateway (1-GW2-ID) and the access network.
  • the second correspondence of the device includes the information of the tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway (1-GW2-ID), and the TA update request is used to request to update the information of the serving gateway (1-GW2-ID) and the access network.
  • the first core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
  • the access network device detects the signal of the ground gateway GW1 connected to the second core network device, such as 2-GW1.
  • the second core network device such as 2-GW1.
  • 2-GW1 represents the second core network equipment
  • GW1 represents the ground gateway.
  • the first core network device stores the second correspondence between the service gateway (1-GW2) and the access network device.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW1, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the second core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1 ( For example, 2-GW1-ID).
  • the second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response includes AMF2.
  • the second core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the second core network device stores the second correspondence between the ground gateway (2-GW1) and the access network device.
  • the access network device determines the service gateway.
  • the access network device determines that the signal strength of the ground gateway GW1 of the connected second core network device is greater than the signal strength of the serving gateway GW2, and selects the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device as the serving gateway.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the service gateway information.
  • the current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 2-GW1-ID, for example.
  • the access network device sends a TA update request to the second core network device.
  • the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area
  • the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway (2-GW1-ID)
  • the TA update request is used to request to update the information of the service gateway (2-GW1-ID) and the access network.
  • the second core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
  • the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as 1-GW1).
  • the access network equipment is connected to the gateway 1-GW1 and passes through the gateway 1-GW1.
  • GW1 exchanges information with the first core network device.
  • the gateway 1-GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway 1-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device.
  • the communication method of the application embodiment includes S2300-S2305.
  • the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateway, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways.
  • the gateway 1-GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the first core network device through the gateway 1-GW2.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2300-S2310.
  • the gateway 2-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway 2-GW1.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2300-S2317.
  • the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway.
  • the access network device is connected to the second core network device.
  • the equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
  • the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area are used to comprehensively determine the information of the tracking area, and the communication method of the present application is described in detail.
  • the access network device obtains the information of the sub-area of the serving gateway GW1 and the time period corresponding to the sub-area.
  • the access network device divides the time period corresponding to the current service gateway through configuration information, such as an ephemeris, and different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device is the core network device corresponding to the serving gateway GW1, GW1-1-ID represents the identification corresponding to the sub-area of the serving gateway GW1 coverage area, and GW1-2-ID represents the sub-area of the serving gateway GW1 coverage area 2.
  • the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW1-1-ID, 30min; GW1-2-ID, 30min.
  • the first core network device may be the access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • the access network device will obtain the sub-area information of the serving gateway, fill in the TAC, and connect from the interface
  • the establishment request is reported to AMF.
  • the connection establishment request includes TAC.
  • the first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response includes AMF2.
  • the first core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the subarea, the corresponding relationship between the time period corresponding to the subarea, and the access network device, which is recorded as the fourth corresponding relationship.
  • the first core network device establishes and stores the correspondence between "GW1-1-ID, 30min; GW1-2-ID, 30min" and the access network device.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
  • SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-1-ID of the serving gateway, and the broadcast message carrying the GW1-1-ID is sent.
  • SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-2-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying the GW1-2-ID is sent.
  • a new ground gateway such as ground gateway GW2
  • a communication connection is established between the access network device and the new ground gateway, and S2405 to S2407 are performed:
  • the access network device obtains the information of the sub-area of the serving gateway GW2 and the time period corresponding to the sub-area.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device is the core network device connected to the serving gateway GW2, GW2-1-ID represents the identifier corresponding to the sub-area of the serving gateway GW2 coverage area, and GW2-2-ID represents the sub-area of the serving gateway GW2 coverage area.
  • the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW2-1-ID, 20min; GW2-2-ID, 20min.
  • the second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response includes AMF2.
  • S2408 to S2412 are executed:
  • the access network device sends a handover request to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device sends a handover request to the first core network device.
  • the handover request is used to request to switch the serving gateway of the access network device from the first serving gateway (GW1) to the second serving gateway (GW2).
  • the first core network device sends a handover confirmation message to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device receives the handover confirmation message from the first core network device.
  • the second core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, the time period corresponding to the sub-area, and the correspondence between the access network devices.
  • the second core network device establishes and stores a fourth correspondence between "GW2-1-ID, 20min; GW2-2-ID, 20min" and the access network device.
  • the second core network device sends a handover response to the access network device.
  • the second core network device may execute S2411 after receiving the handover request (ie, S2408), or execute S2411 after S2409, S2410 or S2412, or execute S2411 at other times.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message also includes the information of the sub-area, namely GW2-1-ID, GW2-2-ID.
  • the access network device can broadcast tracking area information based on the updated service gateway information. For example, in the time period of 11:00-11:20, a broadcast message carrying GW2-1-ID is sent. In the time period from 11:20 to 11:40, a broadcast message carrying GW2-2-ID is sent. In this way, the terminal can parse out the broadcast message through the broadcast control channel (BCCH), thereby accurately learning the tracking area information, and improving the accuracy of the TAU.
  • BCCH broadcast control channel
  • the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as GW1), and the access network equipment is connected to the gateway GW1 and connects to the first core network through the gateway GW1.
  • the device performs information exchange.
  • the gateway GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the application includes S2400-S2404 .
  • the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateways, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways. For example, the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW1 before, and then the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW2.
  • the gateway GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway GW2.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2400-S2413. This means that the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway. After that, due to the change in the position of the access network device in the air, it is connected to the second core network device. The equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
  • the access network device obtains the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, and the information of the time period.
  • the access network device obtains each sub-area of the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1 and the time period corresponding to each sub-area through configuration information, such as an ephemeris.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the first core network device is the core network device connected to the serving gateway GW1, GW1-1-ID represents the identifier corresponding to the sub-area covered by the serving gateway GW1, and GW1-2-ID represents the sub-area covered by the serving gateway GW1.
  • the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW1-1-ID, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min; GW1-2-ID, start time: 10:30, duration: 30min.
  • the first core network device may be the access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • the access network device will obtain the sub-area information of the serving gateway, fill in the TAC, and connect from the interface
  • the establishment request is reported to AMF.
  • the connection establishment request includes TAC.
  • the first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response includes AMF1.
  • the first core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, the information of the time period, the information of the sub-period, and the corresponding relationship between the access network device, which is recorded as the fourth corresponding relationship.
  • each time period corresponds to a service gateway
  • one or more sub-periods constitute a time period
  • each sub-period corresponds to a sub-area and belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway corresponding to the constituted time period.
  • the first core network device stores "GW1-1-ID, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min; GW1-2-ID, start time: 10:30, duration: 30min" and access The fourth corresponding relationship of the network equipment.
  • the access network device sends a broadcast message.
  • the broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
  • SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-1-ID of the serving gateway, and the broadcast message carrying the GW1-1-ID is sent.
  • SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-2-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying the GW1-2-ID is sent.
  • the access network device moves, there is a new ground gateway in the coverage area of the access network device, such as the ground gateway GW2, and the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2.
  • a new ground gateway in the coverage area of the access network device, such as the ground gateway GW2
  • the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2.
  • the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
  • the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2, GW2-1-ID represents the identification corresponding to the sub-area of the ground gateway GW2 coverage area, and GW2-2-ID represents the sub-area of the ground gateway GW2 coverage area 2.
  • the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW2-1-ID, start time: 11:00, duration: 20min; GW2-2-ID, start time: 11:20, duration: 20min.
  • the second core network device may be an access and mobility management function (AMF).
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the access network device will obtain the sub-area information of the serving gateway, fill in the TAC, and connect from the interface
  • the establishment request is reported to AMF.
  • the connection establishment request includes TAC.
  • the second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • connection establishment response includes AMF2.
  • the second core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, the information of the time period, the information of the sub-period, and the correspondence between the access network device.
  • the second core network device stores "GW2-1-ID, start time: 11:00, duration: 20min; GW2-2-ID, start time: 11:20, duration: 20min" and access The fourth corresponding relationship of the network equipment.
  • the access network device switches the tracking area information according to the time information.
  • the broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
  • SIB1 is used to carry the information GW2-1-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying GW2-1-ID is sent.
  • SIB1 is used to carry the information GW2-2-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying the GW2-2-ID is sent.
  • the terminal can parse out the broadcast message through the broadcast control channel (BCCH), thereby accurately learning the tracking area information, and improving the accuracy of the TAU.
  • BCCH broadcast control channel
  • the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as GW1), and the access network equipment is connected to the gateway GW1 and connects to the first core network through the gateway GW1.
  • the device performs information exchange.
  • the gateway GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes S2500-S2504 .
  • the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateways, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways. For example, the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW1 before, and then the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW2.
  • the gateway GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway GW2.
  • the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2500-S2509. This means that the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway. After that, due to the change in the position of the access network device in the air, it is connected to the second core network device. The equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which is applied in the process of paging the terminal.
  • the communication method includes the following steps:
  • the first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent.
  • the first core network device sends a paging message to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the paging message from the first core network device.
  • the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the service gateway in the TA List
  • the TA List includes the information of the tracking area
  • the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway.
  • the access network device broadcasts a paging message.
  • the paging is performed based on the area covered by the access network device connected to the gateway in the TA List at the paging moment (that is, the moment when the paging message is sent).
  • the tracking area information broadcast by the satellite is always bound to the serving cell, and the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times, even if the terminal does not move or has low speed Mobile, the terminal may also frequently perform TAU. Therefore, in the prior art, the satellite moves relative to the ground, and its broadcast cell also moves relative to the ground. In the prior art, the cell that moves relative to the ground at all times indicates the terminal. The location is poor in accuracy.
  • the tracking area information of the communication method includes the information of the serving gateway. Since the gateway is deployed on the ground and the location of the gateway is fixed, even if the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times and the terminal moves at a low speed, as long as the terminal is not Beyond the coverage of the gateway, the terminal does not need to perform TAU. Since the number of times the terminal performs TAU is reduced in the embodiment of the application, the number of serving gateways included in the TA List of the terminal is small, which reduces the paging range and saves paging resources.
  • the first core network device Before the first core network device sends a paging message to the access network device, it needs to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent. The following describes the processing procedure of "the first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent":
  • the information of the tracking area is granulated with the serving gateway, and the first core network device updates the second correspondence, where the second correspondence includes the dynamic correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device relationship.
  • the specific implementation process may include the following steps:
  • the first core network device determines, according to the updated second correspondence, the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent.
  • the second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the information of the serving gateway included in the TA List includes: GW1 and GW2.
  • the second corresponding relationship updated in real time includes: GW1-gNB1; GW2-gNB2; GW3-gNB3.
  • GW1-gNB1 means that from a certain time (such as t1) to the current gateway GW1 to provide services for the access network device gNB1
  • GW2-gNB2 means that from a certain time (such as t1) to the current gateway GW2
  • the access network device gNB2 provides services
  • "GW3-gNB3" indicates that from a certain time (such as time t1) to the current gateway GW3, the access network device gNB3 provides services.
  • the first core network device can determine that the access network device connected to the serving gateway GW1 in the TA List at the current moment is gNB1. Based on the dynamic correspondence of “GW2-gNB2”, It can be determined that the access network device connected to the serving gateway GW2 in the TA List at the current moment is gNB2. The current moment is the moment when the pair of paging messages needs to be sent.
  • the first core network device can determine the access network to which the serving gateway in the TA List is connected at the time the paging message is sent based on the second correspondence (the correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device) updated in real time. Device, so as to send paging messages through the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
  • the tracking area information still uses the serving gateway as the granularity
  • the first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent based on the third correspondence.
  • the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway.
  • the first core network device determines, according to the third correspondence, the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent.
  • the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway, and the third correspondence is used to indicate the service gateway to which the access network device is connected in different time periods.
  • the information of the serving gateway in the TA List includes: GW1 and GW2.
  • the third correspondence in the ephemeris table may include:
  • GW1-gNB1 10:00 ⁇ 10:30; GW1-gNB2, 10:30 ⁇ 11:00;
  • GW2-gNB2 10:00 ⁇ 10:30; GW2-gNB3, 10:30 ⁇ 11:00.
  • GW1-gNB1, 10:00-10:30 means that during the period of "10:00-10:30", the gateway GW1 provides services for the access network device gNB1;
  • GW1-gNB2, 10:30 ⁇ 11:00 means that in the period of "10:30 ⁇ 11:00", the gateway GW1 is providing services for the access network device gNB2;
  • GW2-gNB2, 10:00 ⁇ 10:30 means that during the period of "10:00 ⁇ 10:30", the gateway GW2 is providing services for the access network device gNB2;
  • GW2-gNB3, 10:30 ⁇ 11:00 means that in the period of "10:30 ⁇ 11:00", the gateway GW2 is providing services for the access network device gNB3.
  • the first core network device can determine the TA at the time of sending the paging message based on the corresponding relationship of "GW1-gNB2, 10:30 ⁇ 11:00" in the ephemeris.
  • the access network device connected to GW1 in the List is gNB2; based on the corresponding relationship of "GW2-gNB3, 10:30 ⁇ 11:00" in the ephemeris, the access network device connected to GW2 in the TA List can be determined It is gNB3.
  • the first core network device determines the connection to which the serving gateway in the TA List is connected at the time the paging message is sent according to the third correspondence (time period information, the correspondence between the access network device and the serving gateway). Access network equipment, so as to send paging messages through the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
  • the tracking area information in the TA List also includes the sub-area information.
  • the connection establishment request received by the first core network device from the access network device includes the information of the serving gateway and the information of the sub-area.
  • the first core network device updates the sub-regions of the serving gateway and the serving gateway in real time according to the received connection establishment request.
  • the fourth correspondence between the area and the access network device is to facilitate the determination of the access network device that needs to send the paging message during the paging process of the terminal. See Figure 29.
  • the specific implementation process may include the following steps:
  • the first core network device determines the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent according to the fourth correspondence.
  • the fourth correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network device and the information of the sub-area.
  • One or more sub-periods constitute a period of time, and the constituted period of time corresponds to a service gateway.
  • Each sub-period corresponds to a sub-area, a certain sub-area belongs to the coverage area of a certain service gateway, and the service gateway is the service gateway corresponding to the time period constituted by the sub-period.
  • the fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the corresponding sub-regions of the access network device.
  • the first core network device determines the sending area of the paging message according to the sub-area information in the TA List, which can reduce the paging range and save paging Resources.
  • the dashed elliptical area in the right half is sub-area 1 (denoted as "-1")
  • the dashed elliptical area in the left half is sub-area 2 (denoted as "-2") .
  • the tracking area information broadcast by the access network device includes GW1-ID
  • the tracking area information in the TA List corresponding to the terminal includes: GW1-ID
  • pass TA GW1-ID in the List is indexed to gNB1 and gNB2 with GW1 as the serving gateway, and paging messages are sent through gNB1 and gNB2.
  • the tracking area information broadcast by gNB1 includes GW1-2-ID
  • the tracking area information in the TA List corresponding to the terminal includes: GW1-2-ID
  • the tracking area information in the TA List corresponding to the terminal includes: GW1-2-ID
  • the GW1-2-ID in the TA List is indexed to gNB1 with GW1 as the serving gateway, and the paging message is sent through gNB1. It can be seen that only gNB1 sends paging messages, and the sending range of paging messages is only the area covered by gNB1, which can reduce the paging range and save paging resources. Further, compared to only using the information of the serving gateway (GW1-ID) for terminal location connection and paging, the sub-area information in the TA List can more accurately characterize the location of the terminal, and further save paging resources.
  • the first terminal device and the second terminal device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the communication device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 31 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 3100 may exist in the form of software, or a device, or a component in the device (such as a chip system).
  • the communication device 3100 includes a storage unit 3101, a processing unit 3102, and a communication unit 3103.
  • the communication unit 3103 can also be divided into a sending unit (not shown in FIG. 31) and a receiving unit (not shown in FIG. 31).
  • the sending unit is used to support the communication device 3100 to send information to other network elements.
  • the receiving unit is used to support the communication device 3100 to receive information from other network elements.
  • the storage unit 3101 is used to store the program code and data of the device 3100, and the data may include but is not limited to raw data or intermediate data.
  • the communication unit When the communication device is used as a terminal, the communication unit is used to receive broadcast messages from the access network equipment.
  • the broadcast messages include tracking area information, which includes service gateway information; the storage unit is used to store tracking area information .
  • the processing unit is configured to perform the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information in the broadcast message received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to execute the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information with the granularity of the serving gateway received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
  • the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area.
  • the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway.
  • the processing unit is used to receive the broadcast message from the access network device, if the communication unit receives the information If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the sub-area is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit, the tracking area update TAU is executed.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain tracking area information, which includes service gateway information; and the communication unit is used to send broadcast messages, which include tracking area information.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain the information of the tracking area, including: used to determine the serving gateway; the serving gateway is the ground gateway connected to the access network device, and the access network device is connected to only one ground gateway; Or, the serving gateway is the gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways, and the access network device is connected to the N ground gateways, where N>1, and N is an integer;
  • the processing unit configured to obtain the information of the tracking area, includes: being configured to obtain the information of the tracking area according to the first correspondence.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • the communication unit configured to send a broadcast message, includes: being configured to send a first broadcast message in a first time period, and the first broadcast message includes information of a service gateway corresponding to the first time period;
  • the second broadcast message includes the service gateway information corresponding to the second time period, and the service gateway information included in the first broadcast message and the second broadcast message are different.
  • the tracking area information also includes sub-area information, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway in the time period.
  • the communication unit is configured to send a broadcast message, including: being used to send a third broadcast message in a third time period, the third broadcast message including information of a sub-region corresponding to the third time period;
  • the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-region corresponding to the fourth time period, and the information of the sub-region included in the third broadcast message and the fourth broadcast message are different.
  • the communication unit When the communication device is used as an access network device, the communication unit is used to send a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
  • the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device.
  • the establishment request includes information of one or more ground gateways corresponding to the first core network device; it is also used to receive a connection establishment response from the first core network device.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
  • the communication unit is also used to send a TA update request to the first core network device; wherein the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information, and the updated tracking area information includes the service gateway Information, the serving gateway is one of one or more ground gateways, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the communication device;
  • the communication unit is also used to receive the TA update response from the first core network device.
  • the processing unit is configured to obtain and determine the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence to obtain the information of the tracking area.
  • the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
  • connection establishment request further includes time information, and the time information includes time period information, and the service gateway information corresponding to the access network device in different time periods is different.
  • the connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region
  • the time information also includes the information of the sub-period
  • a time period includes one or more sub-periods
  • the sub-region belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the time period
  • Different sub-periods correspond to different sub-regions.
  • the communication unit When the communication device is used as a core network device, the communication unit is used to receive a connection establishment request from the access network device, the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection is established
  • the request includes information about one or more ground gateways connected to the first core network device; it is also used to send a connection establishment response to the access network device.
  • the communication unit is also used to receive a TA update request from the access network device, and send a TA update response to the access network device; wherein the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area, and the tracking area
  • the information includes the information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateways connected to the access network device, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network device.
  • connection establishment request further includes time information, and the time information includes time period information, and the service gateway information corresponding to the access network device in different time periods is different.
  • the connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region
  • the time information also includes the information of the sub-period
  • a time period includes one or more sub-periods
  • the sub-region belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the time period
  • Different sub-periods correspond to different sub-regions.
  • the communication unit When the communication device is used as an access network device, the communication unit is used to receive a paging message from the first core network device and broadcast the paging message.
  • the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the sending time tracking area list TA List.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the service gateway in the TA List, and the communication unit is used to send paging to the access network device news.
  • the tracking area list TA List includes tracking area information
  • the tracking area information includes service gateway information.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: acquiring the second correspondence, and according to the second The corresponding relationship determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent.
  • the second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: determining the paging message according to the third correspondence The access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the sending time.
  • the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway.
  • the tracking area information also includes sub-area information.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the time when the paging message is sent.
  • the access network equipment connected to the service gateway in the tracking area list TA List includes: According to the fourth correspondence, the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent is determined.
  • the fourth correspondence relationship includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network equipment and the information of the sub-area.
  • One or more sub-periods constitute a time period, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the constituted time period.
  • the fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the corresponding sub-areas of the access network device.
  • the processing unit 3102 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a CPU, a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication unit 3103 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term.
  • the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, for example, the interface between the terminal and the terminal and/ Or other interfaces.
  • the storage unit 3101 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 3102 is a processor
  • the communication unit 3103 is a communication interface
  • the storage unit 3101 is a memory
  • the communication device 3200 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 32.
  • the device 3200 includes a processor 3202, a transceiver 3203, and a memory 3201.
  • the transceiver 3203 may be an independently set transmitter, which may be used to send information to other devices, and the transceiver may also be an independently set receiver, which is used to receive information from other devices.
  • the transceiver may also be a component that integrates the functions of sending and receiving information. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation of the transceiver.
  • the apparatus 3200 may further include a bus 3204.
  • the transceiver 3203, the processor 3202, and the memory 3201 can be connected to each other through a bus 3204;
  • the bus 3204 can be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (Extended Industry Standard Architecture, abbreviated as PCI). EISA) bus, etc.
  • PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
  • EISA Extended Industry Standard Architecture
  • the bus 3204 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 32, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a Digital Video Disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a Solid State Disk (SSD)) )Wait.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a Digital Video Disc (DVD)
  • DVD Digital Video Disc
  • SSD Solid State Disk
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network devices (for example, Terminal). Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each functional unit may exist independently, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of hardware plus software functional units.

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of communications, and provides a communication method and apparatus, capable of resolving the problem of frequent execution of TAU by a terminal in a non-territorial network. The method comprises: a terminal receives a broadcast message from an access network device, and stores information of a tracking area, wherein the broadcast message comprises the information of the tracking area, and the information of the tracking area comprises information of a serving gateway. The method is applied to a location management process of a terminal.

Description

通信方法及装置Communication method and device
本申请要求于2019年04月17日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为201910310680.X、发明名称为“通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China, the application number is 201910310680.X, and the invention title is "communication method and device" on April 17, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
在移动网络中,采用跟踪区域(tracking area,TA)的方式来追踪终端的位置,以便于对终端进行位置管理和寻呼。具体的,核心网设备会为终端配置跟踪区域列表(tracking area list,TA list)。通常,一个TA list包含一个或多个跟踪区域码(tracking area code,TAC),一个TAC用于标识一个TA。一个TA可以包含一个或多个小区。后续,如果终端在配置的TA list指示的小区内移动,则不需执行跟踪区域更新(tracking area update,TAU)。相应的,当该终端有业务到达后,核心网设备在配置的TA list对应的区域内寻呼此终端。反之,若终端移出TA list指示的小区,则核心网设备并不获知终端最新的位置,终端需执行TAU,使得核心网设备获知该终端当前所处TA,进而核心网设备可以更新该终端的TA list。In a mobile network, a tracking area (TA) method is used to track the location of the terminal, so as to facilitate location management and paging of the terminal. Specifically, the core network device configures a tracking area list (tracking area list, TA list) for the terminal. Generally, a TA list contains one or more tracking area codes (TAC), and one TAC is used to identify one TA. A TA can contain one or more cells. Subsequently, if the terminal moves within the cell indicated by the configured TA list, it does not need to perform tracking area update (TAU). Correspondingly, when the terminal has a service arrival, the core network device pages the terminal in the area corresponding to the configured TA list. Conversely, if the terminal moves out of the cell indicated by the TA list, the core network equipment does not know the latest location of the terminal, and the terminal needs to perform TAU so that the core network equipment knows the current TA of the terminal, and the core network equipment can update the terminal’s TA list.
为了弥补地面基站覆盖空洞的问题,目前引入了非陆地网络(non terrestrial networks,NTN),其中,地面基站或者基站的部分功能部署在空载平台或者卫星上,以便为终端提供无缝覆盖。In order to make up for the coverage holes of terrestrial base stations, non-terrestrial networks (NTN) are currently introduced, in which part of the functions of terrestrial base stations or base stations are deployed on airborne platforms or satellites to provide seamless coverage for terminals.
若将上述移动网络的TAU机制直接应用在非陆地网络中,由于空载平台或者卫星高速移动,即使终端不移动或者低速移动,终端的服务小区也在发生变化,终端很可能频繁移出TA list所指示的小区,导致终端频繁执行TAU,信令开销增大。If the TAU mechanism of the above mobile network is directly applied to a non-terrestrial network, due to the high-speed movement of airborne platforms or satellites, even if the terminal does not move or moves at a low speed, the terminal’s serving cell is also changing, and the terminal is likely to frequently move out of the TA list. The indicated cell causes the terminal to frequently perform TAU and the signaling overhead increases.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,以期避免非陆地网络中终端频繁执行TAU。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, in order to avoid frequent execution of TAU by terminals in non-terrestrial networks.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于终端或终端的芯片,该方法包括:终端接收来自接入网设备的广播消息,并存储跟踪区域的信息。其中,广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a terminal or a chip of the terminal, and the method includes: the terminal receives a broadcast message from an access network device and stores information about a tracking area. Wherein, the broadcast message includes information about the tracking area, and the information about the tracking area includes information about the service gateway.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,终端接收跟踪区域的信息,并存储跟踪区域的信息。其中,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。相对于现有技术中,由于空载平台或者卫星高速移动,终端的服务小区也在发生变化,致使终端频繁执行TAU,本申请实施例的通信方法依据服务网关的信息进行管理,由于服务网关部署于地面,且服务网关的位置是固定不变的,当终端的服务小区发生变化时,终端归属的服务网关未必发生变化,避免终端频繁执行TAU。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal receives the information of the tracking area and stores the information of the tracking area. Among them, the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway. Compared with the prior art, due to the unloaded platform or the high-speed movement of satellites, the serving cell of the terminal is also changing, causing the terminal to frequently perform TAU. The communication method according to the embodiment of the application performs management based on the information of the serving gateway. On the ground, and the location of the serving gateway is fixed, when the serving cell of the terminal changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs may not necessarily change, so as to avoid frequent TAU execution by the terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,终端还可以执行如下步骤:若接收到的广播消息中的跟踪区域的信息不在终端的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则终端执行跟踪区域更新TAU。In a possible design, the terminal may also perform the following steps: if the tracking area information in the received broadcast message is not in the tracking area list TA List of the terminal, the terminal executes the tracking area update TAU.
如此,终端只需要判断TA List中是否存在当前接收到的服务网关的信息,就能够确定是否执行TAU。由上述方法可推知,当终端的服务小区或者接入的接入网设备发生变化时,终端归属的服务网关未必发生变化,因此,跟踪区域信息未必发生变化。这样,跟踪区域信息并未超出TA List所指示的范围,终端不执行TAU。与现有技术中由于服务小区发生变化,导致频繁执行TAU相比,能够大大降低终端执行TAU的次数,避免终端频繁执行TAU。In this way, the terminal only needs to determine whether the currently received service gateway information exists in the TA List to determine whether to perform TAU. It can be inferred from the above method that when the serving cell of the terminal or the accessed access network equipment changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs does not necessarily change, and therefore, the tracking area information does not necessarily change. In this way, the tracking area information does not exceed the range indicated by the TA List, and the terminal does not perform TAU. Compared with the frequent execution of TAU due to changes in the serving cell in the prior art, the number of times that the terminal executes TAU can be greatly reduced, and the terminal frequently executes TAU.
在一种可能的设计中,终端接收来自接入网设备的广播消息之后,终端还可以执行如下步骤:In a possible design, after the terminal receives the broadcast message from the access network device, the terminal may also perform the following steps:
若以服务网关为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在终端的TA List中,则终端执行TAU。If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the serving gateway is not in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal performs TAU.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,子区域属于服务网关的覆盖区域;终端接收来自接入网设备的广播消息之后,终端还可以执行如下步骤:In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area, which belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway; after the terminal receives the broadcast message from the access network device, the terminal can also perform the following steps:
若以子区域为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在终端的TA List中,则终端执行TAU。If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the sub-area is not in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal performs TAU.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于接入网设备或接入网设备的芯片,该方法包括:接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息,并发送广播消息。其中,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device or a chip of an access network device, and the method includes: the access network device obtains tracking area information and sends a broadcast message. Among them, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway, and the broadcast message includes the information of the tracking area.
在一种可能的设计方式中,接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:In a possible design method, the access network equipment obtains the tracking area information, including:
接入网设备确定服务网关;服务网关为接入网设备连接的地面网关,且接入网设备仅连接一个地面网关;或者,服务网关为N个地面网关中信号强度最好的网关,且接入网设备连接N个地面网关,其中,N>1,N为整数;The access network device determines the service gateway; the service gateway is the ground gateway to which the access network device is connected, and the access network device is only connected to one ground gateway; or, the service gateway is the gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways, and the connection The networked equipment is connected to N ground gateways, where N>1, N is an integer;
接入网设备根据服务网关的信息获取跟踪区域的信息。The access network device obtains the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
如此,接入网设备通过选取服务网关,以保障接入网设备与服务网关之间的通信质量,又由于跟踪区域的信息是根据服务网关的信息获取的,且服务网关相对地面的地理位置不会发生变化,则跟踪区域的信息能够精准表征终端所处的跟踪区域。In this way, the access network device selects the service gateway to ensure the communication quality between the access network device and the service gateway. Also, because the tracking area information is obtained based on the information of the service gateway, and the geographic location of the service gateway relative to the ground is different. If changes occur, the tracking area information can accurately characterize the tracking area where the terminal is located.
在一种可能的设计中,接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:In one possible design, the access network equipment obtains the tracking area information, including:
接入网设备根据第一对应关系,获取跟踪区域的信息;其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系。The access network device obtains the information of the tracking area according to the first correspondence; where the first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
如此,接入网设备直接基于第一对应关系,如星历表,来确定跟踪区域的信息,降低接入网设备的运算量,简化处理流程。又由于所确定的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,且服务网关的地理位置相对地面不动,因此,跟踪区域的信息更能够精准指示终端所处的位置。In this way, the access network device directly determines the tracking area information based on the first corresponding relationship, such as an ephemeris, which reduces the amount of calculation of the access network device and simplifies the processing flow. In addition, since the information of the determined tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway, and the geographic location of the serving gateway is relatively fixed on the ground, the information of the tracking area can more accurately indicate the location of the terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,接入网设备发送广播消息,包括:In one possible design, the broadcast message sent by the access network device includes:
在第一时段内,接入网设备发送第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一时段所对应的服务网关的信息;In the first time period, the access network device sends a first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes information of the service gateway corresponding to the first time period;
在第二时段内,接入网设备发送第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括第二时段所对应的服务网关的信息,第一广播消息和第二广播消息中包括的服务网关的信息不同。In the second time period, the access network device sends a second broadcast message, the second broadcast message includes information of the service gateway corresponding to the second time period, and the information of the service gateway included in the first broadcast message and the second broadcast message are different.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,子区域属于时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,接入网设备发送广播消息,包括:In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area. The sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway in the time period, and the access network device sends a broadcast message, including:
在第三时段内,接入网设备发送第三广播消息,第三广播消息包括第三时段所对应的子区域的信息;In the third time period, the access network device sends a third broadcast message, and the third broadcast message includes the information of the sub-area corresponding to the third time period;
在第四时段内,接入网设备发送第四广播消息,第四广播消息包括第四时段所对应的子区域的信息,第三广播消息和第四广播消息中包括的子区域的信息不同。In the fourth time period, the access network device sends a fourth broadcast message, the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-area corresponding to the fourth time period, and the information of the sub-area included in the third and fourth broadcast messages is different.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于接入网设备或接入网设备的芯片,该方法包括:接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求,并接收来自第一核心网设备的连接建立响应。其中,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所连接的一个或多个地面网关的信息。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to an access network device or a chip of an access network device, the method includes: the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device, and Receive a connection establishment response from the first core network device. Wherein, the connection establishment request includes information of one or more ground gateways connected to the first core network device.
这里,通过上述第一核心网设备与接入网设备之间的交互,以完成两者之间通信连接的建立。Here, through the interaction between the above-mentioned first core network device and the access network device, the establishment of the communication connection between the two is completed.
在一种可能的设计中,接入网设备还可以执行如下步骤:In a possible design, the access network equipment can also perform the following steps:
接入网设备从检测到的地面网关同步信号中获取地面网关的信息。The access network equipment obtains the ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
如此,接入网设备通过检测各个地面网关的同步信号,基于检测到的地面网关的同步信号来获取地面网关的信息,以便于通过该地面网关建立与该地面网关所归属的核心网设备之间的通信连接。In this way, the access network equipment detects the synchronization signal of each terrestrial gateway, and obtains the information of the terrestrial gateway based on the detected synchronization signal of the terrestrial gateway, so as to establish a connection with the core network equipment to which the terrestrial gateway belongs through the terrestrial gateway. Communication connection.
在一种可能的设计中,接入网设备还可以执行如下步骤:In a possible design, the access network equipment can also perform the following steps:
接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送TA更新请求,并接收来自第一核心网设备的TA更新响应;其中,TA更新请求包括更新后的跟踪区域的信息,更新后的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关是一个或多个地面网关中的一个网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与接入网设备的对应关系。The access network device sends a TA update request to the first core network device and receives a TA update response from the first core network device; wherein the TA update request includes updated tracking area information, and the updated tracking area information includes Information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway is one of one or more ground gateways, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network device.
如此,通过上述处理处理,接入网设备将更新后的服务网关上报给第一核心网设备,以使第一核心网设备更新服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系,为寻呼过程提供信息基础。In this way, through the above processing, the access network device reports the updated service gateway to the first core network device, so that the first core network device updates the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device, which is a paging process Provide an information basis.
在一种可能的设计中,接入网设备还可以执行如下步骤:In a possible design, the access network equipment can also perform the following steps:
接入网设备获取第一对应关系,并根据第一对应关系,确定当前的服务网关的信息,以获取跟踪区域的信息。其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系。The access network device obtains the first correspondence, and according to the first correspondence, determines the current service gateway information to obtain the tracking area information. The first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于核心网设备或核心网设备的芯片,该方法包括:第一核心网设备接收来自接入网设备的连接建立请求,并向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。其中,连接建立请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所连接的一个或多个地面网关的信息。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied to a core network device or a chip of a core network device. The method includes: a first core network device receives a connection establishment request from an access network device, and sends The access network device sends a connection establishment response. The connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes information about one or more ground gateways to which the first core network device is connected.
在一种可能的设计中,第一核心网设备还可以执行如下步骤:In a possible design, the first core network device may also perform the following steps:
第一核心网接收来自接入网设备的TA更新请求,并向接入网设备发送TA更新响应;其中,TA更新请求包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关包括从接入网设备连接的地面网关中所确定的网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与接入网设备之间的对应关系。The first core network receives the TA update request from the access network device and sends a TA update response to the access network device; wherein the TA update request includes information about the tracking area, the information about the tracking area includes information about the service gateway, and the service gateway includes From the gateways determined from the ground gateways connected to the access network equipment, the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network equipment.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括时间信息,时间信息包括时间段的信息,且不同时间段接入网设备连接的服务网关的信息不同。In a possible design of the third aspect or the fourth aspect, the connection establishment request further includes time information, the time information includes time period information, and the information of the service gateway connected to the access network device in different time periods is different.
在第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括子区域的信息,时间信息还包括子时段的信息,一个时间段包括一个或多个子时段,子区域属于时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,且不同子时段对应不同的子区域。In a possible design of the third or fourth aspect, the connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region, and the time information also includes the information of the sub-period. A time period includes one or more sub-periods, and the sub-region belongs to the time period. The coverage area of the service gateway, and different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于接入网设备或接入网设备的芯片,该方法包括:接入网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的寻呼消息,并广播寻呼消息。其中,接入网设备包括发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which is applied to an access network device or a chip of an access network device, and the method includes: the access network device receives a paging message from a first core network device, And broadcast paging messages. Wherein, the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the sending time tracking area list TA List.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该方法应用于核心网设备或核心网设备的芯片,该方法包括:第一核心网设备确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,并向接入网设备发送寻呼消息。其中,跟踪区域列表TA List包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。In a sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method, which is applied to a core network device or a chip of a core network device, and the method includes: the first core network device determines the tracking area list TA List at the time when the paging message is sent The access network device connected to the serving gateway sends a paging message to the access network device. Among them, the tracking area list TA List includes tracking area information, and the tracking area information includes service gateway information.
这里,基于TA List中的网关在寻呼时刻(即发送寻呼消息的时刻)所连接的接入网设备覆盖的区域,进行寻呼。相对于现有技术中,在TA List指示的全部小区内发送寻呼消息,由于卫星所广播的跟踪区域的信息始终与服务小区绑定,且卫星时刻相对地面移动,即使终端不产生移动或低速移动,终端也可能会频繁执行TAU,所以,现有技术中,卫星相对于地面移动,其广播的小区也是相对于地面移动的,而现有技术中是以时刻相对地面移动的小区来指示终端所处的位置,精确度差。且由于终端可能频繁执行TAU,致使TA List中的小区数量庞大。如此,向TA List的全部小区发送寻呼消息,寻呼范围大,消耗较大的寻呼资源。而本申请实施例提供的通信方法跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,由于服务网关部署于地面,且服务网关的位置是固定不变的,即使卫星时刻相对地面移动,且终端低速移动,只要终端未超出服务网关的覆盖范围,则终端无需执行TAU。由于本申请实施例中降低了终端执行TAU的次数,终端的TA List中的服务网关的数量小,也就缩小了寻呼范围,节省寻呼资源。Here, the paging is performed based on the area covered by the access network device connected to the gateway in the TA List at the paging moment (that is, the moment when the paging message is sent). Compared with the prior art, when paging messages are sent in all the cells indicated by the TA List, the tracking area information broadcast by the satellite is always bound to the serving cell, and the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times, even if the terminal does not move or has low speed Mobile, the terminal may also frequently perform TAU. Therefore, in the prior art, the satellite moves relative to the ground, and its broadcast cell also moves relative to the ground. In the prior art, the cell that moves relative to the ground at all times indicates the terminal. The location is poor in accuracy. And because the terminal may frequently perform TAU, the number of cells in the TA List is huge. In this way, sending paging messages to all cells in the TA List has a large paging range and consumes relatively large paging resources. However, the tracking area information of the communication method provided by the embodiment of the application includes the information of the service gateway. Since the service gateway is deployed on the ground and the position of the service gateway is fixed, even if the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times and the terminal moves at a low speed, as long as If the terminal does not exceed the coverage of the serving gateway, the terminal does not need to perform TAU. Since the number of times the terminal performs TAU is reduced in the embodiment of the present application, the number of serving gateways in the TA List of the terminal is small, which reduces the paging range and saves paging resources.
在一种可能的设计中,第一核心网设备确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:In a possible design, the first core network device determines the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List, including:
第一核心网设备获取第二对应关系,并根据第二对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。其中,第二对应关系包括服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。The first core network device obtains the second correspondence, and determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time of sending the paging message according to the second correspondence. The second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
如此,第一核心网设备基于实时更新的服务网关与接入网设备之间的第二对应关系,即可确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,以便于通过TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备发送寻呼消息。In this way, the first core network device can determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent based on the real-time updated second correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device, so as to facilitate The paging message is sent through the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
在一种可能的设计中,第一核心网设备确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:In a possible design, the first core network device determines the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List, including:
第一核心网设备根据第三对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。其中,第三对应关系包括时间段的信息、接入网设备与服务网关的之间的对应关系。The first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent according to the third correspondence. Wherein, the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway.
如此,第一核心网设备根据第三对应关系(时间段的信息、接入网设备与服务网关的之间的对应关系),来确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,以便于通过TA List中服务网关所连接的接入网设备发送寻呼消息。In this way, the first core network device determines the connection to which the serving gateway in the TA List is connected at the time the paging message is sent according to the third correspondence (time period information, the correspondence between the access network device and the serving gateway). Access network equipment, so as to send paging messages through the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,第一核心网设备确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes sub-area information, and the first core network device determines the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the service gateway in the TA List of the area list, including:
第一核心网设备根据第四对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的子区域所对应的接入网设备。其中,第四对应关系包括子时段的信息、接入网设备和子区域的信息之 间的对应关系,一个或多个子时段构成一个时间段,子区域属于所构成时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,且第四对应关系用以指示:在不同的子时段,所述接入网设备对应的子区域。The first core network device determines the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time of sending the paging message according to the fourth correspondence. Wherein, the fourth correspondence relationship includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network equipment and the information of the sub-area. One or more sub-periods constitute a time period, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the constituted time period. And the fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the sub-areas corresponding to the access network device.
这里,由于TA List中的区域信息包括:服务网关覆盖区域的子区域,第一核心网设备依据TA List中的子区域信息,来确定寻呼消息的发送区域,能够缩小寻呼范围,节省寻呼资源。Here, since the area information in the TA List includes: the sub-area of the serving gateway coverage area, the first core network device determines the sending area of the paging message according to the sub-area information in the TA List, which can narrow the paging range and save paging. Call resources.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以为上述第一方面中的终端。该装置包括:通信单元、存储单元和处理单元。其中,通信单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的广播消息,广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;存储单元,用于存储跟踪区域的信息。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect. The device includes: a communication unit, a storage unit, and a processing unit. The communication unit is used to receive broadcast messages from the access network equipment, the broadcast messages include tracking area information, and the tracking area information includes service gateway information; the storage unit is used to store tracking area information.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于若通信单元接收到的广播消息中的跟踪区域的信息不在存储单元的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则执行跟踪区域更新TAU。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to perform the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information in the broadcast message received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于若通信单元接收到的以服务网关为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在存储单元的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则执行跟踪区域更新TAU。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to execute the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information with the granularity of the serving gateway received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,子区域属于服务网关的覆盖区域,处理单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的广播消息之后,若通信单元接收到的以子区域为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在存储单元的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则执行跟踪区域更新TAU。In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area. The sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway. The processing unit is used to receive the broadcast message from the access network device, if the communication unit receives the information If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the sub-area is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit, the tracking area update TAU is executed.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以为上述第二方面中的接入网设备。该装置包括:通信单元和处理单元。其中,处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;通信单元,用于发送广播消息,广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the access network device in the second aspect described above. The device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit. Among them, the processing unit is used to obtain the information of the tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway; the communication unit is used to send a broadcast message, and the broadcast message includes the information of the tracking area.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:用于确定服务网关;服务网关为接入网设备连接的地面网关,且接入网设备仅连接一个地面网关;或者,服务网关为N个地面网关中信号强度最好的网关,且接入网设备连接N个地面网关,其中,N>1,N为整数;In a possible design, the processing unit is used to obtain the information of the tracking area, including: used to determine the serving gateway; the serving gateway is the ground gateway connected to the access network device, and the access network device is connected to only one ground gateway; Or, the serving gateway is the gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways, and the access network device is connected to the N ground gateways, where N>1, and N is an integer;
还用于根据服务网关的信息获取跟踪区域的信息。It is also used to obtain the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:用于根据第一对应关系,获取跟踪区域的信息。其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit, configured to obtain the information of the tracking area, includes: being configured to obtain the information of the tracking area according to the first correspondence. The first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元,用于发送广播消息,包括:用于在第一时段内,发送第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一时段所对应的服务网关的信息;In a possible design, the communication unit, configured to send a broadcast message, includes: being configured to send a first broadcast message in a first time period, and the first broadcast message includes information of a service gateway corresponding to the first time period;
还用于在第二时段内,发送第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括第二时段所对应的服务网关的信息,第一广播消息和第二广播消息中包括的服务网关的信息不同。It is also used to send a second broadcast message in the second time period, the second broadcast message includes the service gateway information corresponding to the second time period, and the service gateway information included in the first broadcast message and the second broadcast message are different.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,子区域属于时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域。In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes sub-area information, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway in the time period.
通信单元,用于发送广播消息,包括:用于在第三时段内,发送第三广播消息,第三广播消息包括第三时段所对应的子区域的信息;The communication unit is configured to send a broadcast message, including: being used to send a third broadcast message in a third time period, the third broadcast message including information of a sub-region corresponding to the third time period;
还用于在第四时段内,发送第四广播消息,第四广播消息包括第四时段所对应的子区域的信息,第三广播消息和第四广播消息中包括的子区域的信息不同。It is also used to send a fourth broadcast message in the fourth time period, the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-region corresponding to the fourth time period, and the information of the sub-region included in the third broadcast message and the fourth broadcast message are different.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以为上述第三方面中的接入网设备。该装置包括:通信单元和处理单元。其中,通信单元,用于向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求,连接建立请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所连接的一个或多个地面网关的信息;还用于接收来自第一核心网设备的连接建立响应。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the access network device in the third aspect described above. The device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit. The communication unit is configured to send a connection establishment request to the first core network device, the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the first core network device Information of one or more ground gateways connected; also used to receive a connection establishment response from the first core network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于从检测到的地面网关同步信号中获取地面网关的信息。In a possible design, the processing unit is used to obtain ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元,还用于向第一核心网设备发送TA更新请求;其中,TA更新请求包括更新后的跟踪区域的信息,更新后的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关是一个或多个地面网关中的一个网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与通信装置的对应关系;In a possible design, the communication unit is also used to send a TA update request to the first core network device; wherein the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information, and the updated tracking area information includes the service gateway Information, the serving gateway is one of one or more ground gateways, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the communication device;
通信单元,还用于接收来自第一核心网设备的TA更新响应。The communication unit is also used to receive the TA update response from the first core network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于获取并根据第一对应关系,确定当前的服务网关的信息,以获取跟踪区域的信息。其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to obtain and determine the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence to obtain the information of the tracking area. The first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以为上述第四方面中的核心网设备。该装置包括:通信单元。其中,通信单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的连接建立请求,连接建立请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所连接的一个或多个地面网关的信息;还用于向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the core network device in the fourth aspect described above. The device includes: a communication unit. The communication unit is configured to receive a connection establishment request from the access network device, the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the first core network device Information of one or more ground gateways connected; also used to send a connection establishment response to the access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元,还用于接收来自接入网设备的TA更新请求,并向接入网设备发送TA更新响应;其中,TA更新请求包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关包括从接入网设备连接的地面网关中所确定的网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与接入网设备之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the communication unit is also used to receive a TA update request from the access network device, and send a TA update response to the access network device; wherein the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area, and the tracking area The information includes the information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateways connected to the access network device, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network device.
在第九方面或第十方面的一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括时间信息,时间信息包括时间段的信息,且不同时间段接入网设备连接的服务网关的信息不同。In a possible design of the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, the connection establishment request further includes time information, the time information includes time period information, and the information of the service gateway connected to the access network device in different time periods is different.
在第九方面或第十方面的一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括子区域的信息,时间信息还包括子时段的信息,一个时间段包括一个或多个子时段,子区域属于时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,且不同子时段对应不同的子区域。In a possible design of the ninth or tenth aspect, the connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region, and the time information also includes the information of the sub-period. A time period includes one or more sub-periods, and the sub-region belongs to the time period. The coverage area of the service gateway, and different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以为上述第五方面中的接入网设备。该装置包括:通信单元。其中,通信单元,用于接收来自第一核心网设备的寻呼消息,并广播寻呼消息。其中,接入网设备包括发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the access network device in the fifth aspect described above. The device includes: a communication unit. Wherein, the communication unit is used to receive a paging message from the first core network device and broadcast the paging message. Wherein, the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the sending time tracking area list TA List.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置可以为上述第六方面中的核心网设备。该装置包括:通信单元和处理单元。其中,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,通信单元,用于向接入网设备发送寻呼消息。其中,跟踪区域列表TA List包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which may be the core network device in the sixth aspect described above. The device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit. The processing unit is used to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, and the communication unit is used to send the paging message to the access network device. Among them, the tracking area list TA List includes tracking area information, and the tracking area information includes service gateway information.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List 中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:用于获取第二对应关系,并根据第二对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。其中,第二对应关系包括服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: acquiring the second correspondence, and according to the second correspondence The corresponding relationship determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent. The second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:用于根据第三对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。其中,第三对应关系包括时间段的信息、接入网设备与服务网关的之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: determining the paging message according to the third correspondence The access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the sending time. Wherein, the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:用于根据第四对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的子区域所对应的接入网设备。其中,第四对应关系包括子时段的信息、接入网设备和子区域的信息之间的对应关系,一个或多个子时段构成一个时间段,子区域属于所构成时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,且第四对应关系用以指示:在不同的子时段,接入网设备对应的子区域。In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes sub-area information. The processing unit is used to determine the time when the paging message is sent. The access network equipment connected to the service gateway in the tracking area list TA List includes: According to the fourth correspondence, the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent is determined. Wherein, the fourth correspondence relationship includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network equipment and the information of the sub-area. One or more sub-periods constitute a time period, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the constituted time period. And the fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the corresponding sub-areas of the access network device.
第十三方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,用于实现上述第一方面中终端的功能,或用于实现上述第二方面、第三方面或第五方面中接入网设备的功能,或用于实现上述第四方面或第六方面中核心网设备的功能。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which is used to implement the function of the terminal in the above-mentioned first aspect, or to implement the function of the access network device in the above-mentioned second, third or fifth aspect, or It is used to realize the function of the core network device in the fourth aspect or the sixth aspect.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置具有实现上述任一方面中任一项的通信方法的功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that has the function of implementing the communication method of any one of the foregoing aspects. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
第十五方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面中任一项的通信方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory to enable the The communication device executes the communication method according to any one of the above aspects.
第十六方面,提供一种通信装置,包括:处理器;处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据指令执行如上述任一方面中任一项的通信方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a processor; the processor is configured to couple with a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute the communication method according to any one of the foregoing aspects according to the instruction.
第十七方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的通信方法。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the communication method of any one of the foregoing aspects.
第十八方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的通信方法。In an eighteenth aspect, a computer program product containing instructions is provided, which when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the communication method of any one of the foregoing aspects.
第十九方面,提供一种电路系统,电路系统包括处理电路,处理电路被配置为执行如上述任一方面中任一项的通信方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a circuit system is provided. The circuit system includes a processing circuit configured to execute the communication method according to any one of the foregoing aspects.
第二十方面,提供一种芯片,芯片包括处理器,处理器和存储器耦合,存储器存储有程序指令,当存储器存储的程序指令被处理器执行时实现上述任一方面任意一项的通信方法。In a twentieth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory stores program instructions. When the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor, the communication method of any one of the above aspects is implemented.
第二十一方面,提供一种通信系统,通信系统包括上述各个方面中任一方面中的终端、任一方面中的接入网设备和任一方面中的核心网设备。In a twenty-first aspect, a communication system is provided. The communication system includes a terminal in any of the foregoing aspects, an access network device in any aspect, and a core network device in any aspect.
其中,第二方面至第二十一方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any of the design methods in the second aspect to the twenty-first aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by the different design methods in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种NTN系统架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an NTN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种NTN系统架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an NTN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种NTN系统架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an NTN system architecture provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;18 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 19 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;20 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 21 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 22 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图23为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 23 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图24为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 24 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图25为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 25 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图26为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 26 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图27为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 27 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图28为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 28 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图29为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的流程图;FIG. 29 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图30为本申请实施例提供的通信方法的场景示意图;FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图31为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图32为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请的说明书以及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,或者用于区别对同一对象的不同处理,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。此外,本申请的描述中所提到的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括其他没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的” 或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。The terms "first" and "second" in the description of the application and the drawings are used to distinguish different objects, or to distinguish different processing of the same object, rather than describing a specific order of objects. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof mentioned in the description of this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product, or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally includes other steps or units that are not listed, or optionally also Including other steps or units inherent to these processes, methods, products or equipment. It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法可应用于NTN系统中,或者其他类似的系统中,比如,可以应用于终端频繁执行TAU的其他通信系统。The communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to an NTN system or other similar systems. For example, it can be applied to other communication systems where a terminal frequently performs TAU.
首先,以应用于NTN系统为例,给出本申请实施例所涉及的NTN系统架构。本申请实施例中,NTN系统架构包括接入网设备、与接入网设备通信的终端和核心网设备。其中,接入网设备的全部或其部分功能模块可部署于空载平台或卫星,或者部署在高空中其他形式的通信设备中。终端和接入网设备之间通过无线接口进行通信,接入网设备通过地面网关与核心网设备进行通信,核心网设备和地面网关均部署于地面。First, taking the application in the NTN system as an example, the NTN system architecture involved in the embodiments of the present application is given. In the embodiment of the present application, the NTN system architecture includes access network equipment, terminals communicating with the access network equipment, and core network equipment. Among them, all or part of the functional modules of the access network equipment can be deployed on airborne platforms or satellites, or deployed in other forms of high-altitude communication equipment. The terminal and the access network equipment communicate through a wireless interface, the access network equipment communicates with the core network equipment through the ground gateway, and the core network equipment and the ground gateway are both deployed on the ground.
上述NTN系统架构可以应用于目前的长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)或者高级的长期演进(LTE advanced,LTE-A)系统中,也可以应用于目前正在制定的第五代移动通信技术(5-generation,5G)网络或者未来的其它网络中。当然,还可以应用于LTE和5G混合组网的系统中,或者其他系统中,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。在不同的网络中,上述NTN系统架构中的核心网设备、接入网设备、终端可能对应不同的名字,本领域技术人员可以理解的是,名字对设备本身不构成限定。The above NTN system architecture can be applied to the current long term evolution (LTE) or advanced long term evolution (LTE advanced, LTE-A) system, and can also be applied to the fifth-generation mobile communication technology currently under development (5 -generation, 5G) network or other networks in the future. Of course, it can also be applied to a system of LTE and 5G hybrid networking, or in other systems, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application. In different networks, the core network equipment, access network equipment, and terminals in the above NTN system architecture may correspond to different names. Those skilled in the art can understand that the names do not limit the equipment itself.
其中,本申请实施例所称的核心网设备,是一种部署在核心网中用以为终端提供服务的装置。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,具备相类似无线通信功能的核心网设备的名称可能会有所不同。例如,当本申请实施例的通信方法应用于5G系统中,核心网设备可以是接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),当应用于LTE系统中,核心网设备可以是移动性管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)。仅为描述方便,本申请实施例中,上述可以为终端提供服务的装置统称为核心网设备。Among them, the core network equipment referred to in the embodiments of the present application is a device deployed in the core network to provide services for terminals. In systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of core network devices with similar wireless communication functions may be different. For example, when the communication method of the embodiment of this application is applied to a 5G system, the core network equipment may be an access and mobility management function (AMF). When applied to an LTE system, the core network equipment may be mobile Sexual management entity (mobility management entity, MME). For convenience of description only, in the embodiments of the present application, the foregoing devices that can provide services for terminals are collectively referred to as core network devices.
接入网设备是一种部署在无线接入网用以提供无线通信功能的装置。可选的,本申请实施例所涉及的接入网设备包括例如但不限于如下各种形式的宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,发送接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP),下一代网络节点(g Node B,gNB)、连接下一代核心网的演进型节点B(ng evolved Node B,ng-eNB)等,还可以包括无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)接入设备等非第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)系统的无线接入网设备。上文已指出,接入网设备的全部或其部分功能模块可部署于空载平台或卫星,或者部署在高空中的其他形式的通信设备。相应的,接入网设备可以指将终端接入核心网设备的空载平台,或卫星,或其他类似设备。Access network equipment is a device deployed on a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions. Optionally, the access network equipment involved in the embodiments of the present application includes, for example, but not limited to, the following various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also referred to as small stations), relay stations, and transmission reception points (TRP) , Next-generation network nodes (g Node B, gNB), evolved Node B (ng-eNB) connected to the next-generation core network, etc., and can also include wireless local area network (WLAN) access Equipment and other non-third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) radio access network equipment. As pointed out above, all or part of the functional modules of the access network equipment can be deployed on airborne platforms or satellites, or other forms of communication equipment deployed in the air. Correspondingly, the access network equipment may refer to an airborne platform that connects the terminal to the core network equipment, or a satellite, or other similar equipment.
终端主要用于接收或者发送数据。可选的,本申请实施例中所涉及到的终端可以包括例如但不限于各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备;还可以包括用户单元(subscriber unit)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)电脑、平板型电脑、手持设备(handheld)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)等。The terminal is mainly used to receive or send data. Optionally, the terminals involved in the embodiments of the present application may include, for example, but not limited to, various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to wireless modems; It can include subscriber unit (subscriber unit), cellular phone (cellular phone), smart phone (smart phone), wireless data card, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA) computer, tablet computer, handheld device (handheld), laptop Laptop computer (laptop computer), machine type communication (MTC) terminal (terminal), user equipment (UE), etc.
参照图1和图2,分别示出了一种NTN系统架构。该NTN系统包括接入网设备和核心网设备。接入网设备可以部署在空载平台上。空载平台可以包括以下至少一种:卫星、无 人机、或热气球。该NTN系统还包括地面网关和数据网络(data network,DN)。终端通过接口与接入网设备进行通信,例如通过新无线接口(new radio–air interface between gNodeB and user equipment,NR-Uu)。接入网设备通过接口与地面网关进行通信,例如通过无线接口(NG over satellite radio interface,NG over SRI)。地面网关通过接口和核心网设备进行通信,例如通过逻辑接口(next generation,NG)。核心网设备可以仅连接一个地面网关,此时,接入网设备可以通过一个地面网关与核心网设备连接,具体如图1所示。核心网设备可以连接一个以上的地面网关,此时,接入网设备可以通过一个以上的地面网关中的任一地面网关与核心网设备连接,具体如图2所示(图2仅示出了2个地面网关)。核心网设备可以通过接口与数据网络(data network,DN)中的实体或网元等进行通信,例如通过N6接口。Referring to Figure 1 and Figure 2, an NTN system architecture is shown respectively. The NTN system includes access network equipment and core network equipment. The access network equipment can be deployed on an airborne platform. The airborne platform may include at least one of the following: satellite, drone, or hot air balloon. The NTN system also includes a ground gateway and a data network (DN). The terminal communicates with the access network equipment through the interface, for example, through the new radio-air interface between gNodeB and user equipment, NR-Uu. The access network equipment communicates with the ground gateway through an interface, for example, through a wireless interface (NG over satellite radio interface, NG over SRI). The ground gateway communicates with the core network device through an interface, for example, through a logical interface (next generation, NG). The core network device can be connected to only one ground gateway. At this time, the access network device can be connected to the core network device through a ground gateway, as shown in Figure 1. The core network device can be connected to more than one ground gateway. At this time, the access network device can be connected to the core network device through any one of the more than one ground gateways, as shown in Figure 2 (Figure 2 only shows 2 ground gateways). The core network device may communicate with entities or network elements in a data network (data network, DN) through an interface, for example, through an N6 interface.
需要说明的是,上述仅列举了部分网元之间通信的方式,其他网元之间也可以通过某些连接方式进行通信,本申请实施例这里不再赘述。It should be noted that the foregoing only enumerates the communication modes between some network elements, and other network elements may also communicate with each other through certain connection modes, which will not be repeated here in the embodiment of the application.
参照图3,图3示出了另一种NTN系统架构。该NTN系统包括接入网设备、核心网设备。其中,接入网设备包括分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)和中心单元(control unit,CU)。参见图3,该接入网设备可以是下一代网络节点(next generation Node B,gNB)。可选的,gNB可以包括下一代网络节点分布式单元(next generation Node B-distributed unit,gNB-DU)和下一代网络节点中心单元(next generation Node B-control unit,gNB-CU)。在一种可能的示例中,gNB-DU部署于卫星,gNB-CU部署于地面。该NTN系统还可以包括地面网关和DN。终端通过新无线接口(new radio–Uu,NR-Uu)与gNB-DU进行通信,gNB-DU通过地面网关和gNB-CU进行通信,其中,gNB-DU通过卫星无线接口(F1 over satellite radio interface,F1 over SRI)与地面网关进行通信。gNB-CU通过下一代(next generation,NG)接口和核心网设备进行通信。核心网设备可以通过N6接口与数据网络(data network,DN)中的网元或实体等进行通信。Referring to Figure 3, Figure 3 shows another NTN system architecture. The NTN system includes access network equipment and core network equipment. Among them, the access network equipment includes a distributed unit (DU) and a control unit (CU). Referring to Fig. 3, the access network device may be a next generation Node B (gNB). Optionally, the gNB may include a next generation Node B-distributed unit (gNB-DU) and a next generation Node B-control unit (gNB-CU). In a possible example, gNB-DU is deployed on the satellite and gNB-CU is deployed on the ground. The NTN system may also include a terrestrial gateway and DN. The terminal communicates with the gNB-DU through the new radio interface (new radio-Uu, NR-Uu), and the gNB-DU communicates with the gNB-CU through the ground gateway. The gNB-DU communicates through the satellite radio interface (F1 , F1 over SRI) to communicate with the ground gateway. The gNB-CU communicates with core network equipment through the next generation (NG) interface. The core network device can communicate with network elements or entities in a data network (DN) through the N6 interface.
需要强调的是,本申请实施例的NTN系统架构中可以包括多个接入网设备、多个核心网设备,图1、图2和图3仅示例性示出了一个接入网设备、一个核心网设备。在图1、图2和图3中,虚线表示无线通信连接,实线表示有线通信连接。It should be emphasized that the NTN system architecture of the embodiment of the present application may include multiple access network devices and multiple core network devices. Figure 1, Figure 2 and Figure 3 only exemplarily show one access network device, one Core network equipment. In FIGS. 1, 2 and 3, the dotted line represents the wireless communication connection, and the solid line represents the wired communication connection.
本申请实施例描述的NTN系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The NTN system architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. A person of ordinary skill in the art can know that with the evolution of network architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
下面对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行具体阐述。The communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below.
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。It should be noted that the name of the message between each network element or the name of each parameter in the message in the following embodiments of the present application is just an example, and other names may also be used in specific implementations, which are explained here in a unified manner and will not be described below. Repeat.
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法,该通信方法应用在对终端进行位置管理的过程中。参见图4,该通信方法包括如下步骤:The embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which is applied in the process of position management of a terminal. Referring to Figure 4, the communication method includes the following steps:
S401、接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息。S401: The access network device obtains information about the tracking area.
其中,接入网设备可以是搭载在卫星上的。例如,搭载在卫星上的基站,或者搭载在卫星上的DU,或者搭载在卫星上的DU和CU。Among them, the access network equipment may be carried on a satellite. For example, the base station mounted on the satellite, or the DU mounted on the satellite, or the DU and CU mounted on the satellite.
其中,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。作为一种可能的实现方式,可以从多个 地面网关中选取一个网关作为服务网关。其中,地面网关的地理位置固定。相应的,服务网关的信息可以称为地面网关的信息(ground gateway information)。服务网关为接入网设备所接入,且能够为接入网设备提供服务的网关。服务网关的信息可以为服务网关的名称,也可以为服务网关的标识(identity,ID),或者为其他形式。示例性的,若本申请实施例的方法应用于如图1或图2所示系统中,服务网关指的是为基站(搭载于卫星上)提供服务的网关。若本申请实施例的方法应用于如图3所示系统中,服务网关指的是为gNB-DU(搭载于卫星上)提供服务的网关。容易理解的是,当接入网设备的位置发生变化后,该接入网设备的服务网关也可能发生变化,相应的,服务网关的信息(比如服务网关的名称)发生变化,跟踪区域的信息也随之发生变化。Among them, the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway. As a possible implementation, one gateway can be selected from multiple ground gateways as the service gateway. Among them, the geographic location of the ground gateway is fixed. Correspondingly, the information of the serving gateway may be referred to as ground gateway information (ground gateway information). The serving gateway is a gateway that is accessed by the access network equipment and can provide services for the access network equipment. The information of the serving gateway may be the name of the serving gateway, the identity (ID) of the serving gateway, or other forms. Exemplarily, if the method of the embodiment of the present application is applied to the system as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2, the serving gateway refers to a gateway that provides services for base stations (mounted on satellites). If the method of the embodiment of the present application is applied to the system as shown in FIG. 3, the serving gateway refers to a gateway that provides services for gNB-DU (mounted on a satellite). It is easy to understand that when the location of the access network device changes, the service gateway of the access network device may also change. Correspondingly, the service gateway information (such as the name of the service gateway) changes, and the tracking area information Also changed accordingly.
S402、接入网设备发送广播消息。相应的,终端接收来自接入网设备的广播消息。S402: The access network device sends a broadcast message. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the broadcast message from the access network device.
其中,广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息。Among them, the broadcast message includes tracking area information.
对于某一接入网设备而言,其服务网关是不断变换的,因此,接入网设备会随着运行轨迹的变化广播不同跟踪区域的信息。For a certain access network device, its service gateway is constantly changing. Therefore, the access network device will broadcast the information of different tracking areas along with the change of the running track.
S403、终端存储跟踪区域的信息。S403. The terminal stores the information of the tracking area.
终端会将接收到的跟踪区域的信息,如服务网关的信息,存储于TA List中,以便于后续进行位置管理与寻呼,为位置管理和寻呼过程提供信息支持。比如,服务网关的信息包括GW1-ID,终端接收到包括GW1-ID的跟踪区域信息后,存储该跟踪区域信息。The terminal will store the received tracking area information, such as service gateway information, in the TA List to facilitate subsequent location management and paging, and provide information support for the location management and paging process. For example, the information of the serving gateway includes GW1-ID, and the terminal stores the tracking area information after receiving the tracking area information including GW1-ID.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息,并发送带有跟踪区域的信息的广播消息,终端存储跟踪区域的信息。其中,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。相对于现有技术中,由于空载平台移动,终端的服务小区也在发生变化,致使终端频繁执行TAU,本申请实施例的通信方法依据服务网关的信息进行管理,由于服务网关部署于地面,且服务网关的位置是固定不变的,当终端的服务小区发生变化时,终端归属的服务网关未必发生变化,避免终端频繁执行TAU。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the access network device obtains the information of the tracking area and sends a broadcast message with the information of the tracking area, and the terminal stores the information of the tracking area. Among them, the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway. Compared with the prior art, due to the movement of the unloaded platform, the serving cell of the terminal is also changing, causing the terminal to frequently perform TAU. The communication method in the embodiment of the present application performs management based on the information of the serving gateway. Since the serving gateway is deployed on the ground, In addition, the location of the serving gateway is fixed. When the serving cell of the terminal changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs may not necessarily change, so as to prevent the terminal from frequently performing TAU.
其中,本申请实施例提及的终端所归属的服务网关指的是,终端通过该服务网关连接到核心网设备。在此统一说明,下文不再赘述。Wherein, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs in the embodiment of the present application refers to that the terminal is connected to the core network device through the serving gateway. This is a unified description, and will not be repeated here.
容易理解的是,在某一时刻,若终端接收来自接入网设备的广播消息(广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息)之后,则终端执行:It is easy to understand that at a certain moment, if the terminal receives a broadcast message from the access network device (the broadcast message includes information about the tracking area), the terminal executes:
S404、若接收到的广播消息中的跟踪区域的信息不在终端的TA List中,则终端执行TAU。S404: If the tracking area information in the received broadcast message is not in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal performs TAU.
反之,若接收到的广播消息中的跟踪区域的信息在终端的TA List中,则终端不执行TAU。Conversely, if the tracking area information in the received broadcast message is in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal does not perform TAU.
其中,跟踪区域的信息可以包括服务网关的信息,还可以包括服务网关的信息和子区域的信息。Wherein, the information of the tracking area may include the information of the service gateway, and may also include the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
作为一种可能的实现方式,若跟踪区域的信息以服务网关为粒度,终端判断是否执行TAU的具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:As a possible implementation, if the information of the tracking area is based on the service gateway, the specific implementation process for the terminal to determine whether to execute TAU may include the following steps:
若以服务网关为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在终端的TA List中,则终端执行TAU。If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the serving gateway is not in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal performs TAU.
反之,若以服务网关为粒度的跟踪区域的信息在终端的TA List中,则终端无需执行TAU。On the contrary, if the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the serving gateway is in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal does not need to perform TAU.
示例性的,参照图5,假设终端的TA List包括如下跟踪区域的信息:GW1-ID、GW2-ID、 GW3-ID,则在终端接收到gNB1广播的跟踪区域的信息(包括服务网关的信息,即GW1-ID)后,终端获知跟踪区域的信息在TA List中,那么,终端不执行TAU。并且,当终端移动时,其位置虽然发生变化,但通常只要其未超出虚线椭圆区域(虚线椭圆区域表示服务网关GW1的覆盖区域),核心网设备就可以获知该终端的位置,如此,终端无需执行TAU。Exemplarily, referring to Figure 5, assuming that the TA List of the terminal includes the following tracking area information: GW1-ID, GW2-ID, GW3-ID, the terminal receives the tracking area information broadcast by gNB1 (including the information of the serving gateway) , That is, GW1-ID), the terminal knows that the tracking area information is in the TA List, then the terminal does not perform TAU. Moreover, when the terminal moves, although its position changes, usually as long as it does not exceed the dotted oval area (the dotted oval area represents the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1), the core network equipment can learn the location of the terminal. In this way, the terminal does not need to Perform TAU.
示例性的,参照图6,终端可能低速移动,并由gNB1的覆盖区域移动到gNB2的覆盖区域,这种情况下,即使终端接入的接入网设备发生变化,服务小区(cell)发生变化,但是,终端并未超出服务网关GW1的覆盖区域,也就是说,跟踪区域的信息仍在终端的TA List中,终端无需执行TAU。Exemplarily, referring to Figure 6, the terminal may move at a low speed and move from the coverage area of gNB1 to the coverage area of gNB2. In this case, even if the access network equipment that the terminal accesses changes, the serving cell (cell) changes. However, the terminal does not exceed the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1, that is, the tracking area information is still in the TA List of the terminal, and the terminal does not need to perform TAU.
在一种场景中,参照图7以及图8,在gNB1自图中的右向左移动的过程中,广播的跟踪区域信息包括GW1-ID,若gNB1继续从右至左移动,则gNB1广播的跟踪区域信息包括GW2-ID。类似的,在gNB2自图中的右向左移动的过程中,广播的跟踪区域信息包括GW1-ID,若gNB2继续从右至左移动,则gNB2广播的跟踪区域信息包括GW2-ID。可见,UE1所接收到的跟踪区域的信息存在乒乓现象,也即,UE1可能先接收到gNB1广播的GW1-ID、GW2-ID,再接收到gNB2广播的GW1-ID、GW2-ID,所接收到跟踪区域的信息在GW1-ID和GW2-ID之间交替变换。其中,结合图7以及图8,在gNB1自图中的右向左移动的过程中,终端UE1对应的TA List中的信息被更新为:GW1-ID、GW2-ID。后续,当gNB2自图中的右向左移动的过程中,即使存在上述乒乓现象,由于已通过gNB1广播的GW1-ID、GW2-ID更新了TA List,因此,能够保证gNB2广播的跟踪区域的信息在更新后的TA List(包括GW1-ID、GW2-ID)中,进而终端无需执行TAU。即,通过上述方法,能够在产生乒乓现象的情况下,降低TAU的执行频度,进而降低终端功耗。In one scenario, referring to Figures 7 and 8, in the process of gNB1 moving from right to left in the figure, the broadcast tracking area information includes GW1-ID. If gNB1 continues to move from right to left, gNB1 broadcasts The tracking area information includes GW2-ID. Similarly, when gNB2 moves from right to left in the figure, the broadcast tracking area information includes GW1-ID. If gNB2 continues to move from right to left, the tracking area information broadcast by gNB2 includes GW2-ID. It can be seen that there is a ping-pong phenomenon in the tracking area information received by UE1, that is, UE1 may first receive GW1-ID and GW2-ID broadcast by gNB1, and then receive GW1-ID and GW2-ID broadcast by gNB2. The information to the tracking area alternates between GW1-ID and GW2-ID. Wherein, in conjunction with FIG. 7 and FIG. 8, when gNB1 moves from right to left in the figure, the information in the TA List corresponding to the terminal UE1 is updated to: GW1-ID and GW2-ID. Later, when gNB2 moves from right to left in the figure, even if there is the above ping-pong phenomenon, the TA List has been updated through the GW1-ID and GW2-ID broadcast by gNB1. Therefore, the tracking area broadcast by gNB2 can be guaranteed. The information is in the updated TA List (including GW1-ID and GW2-ID), and the terminal does not need to perform TAU. That is, the above method can reduce the frequency of TAU execution when the ping-pong phenomenon occurs, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal.
如此,终端只需要判断TA List中是否存在当前接收到的跟踪区域的信息,就能够确定是否执行TAU。由上述方法可推知,当终端的服务小区或者接入的接入网设备发生变化时,终端归属的服务网关未必发生变化,因此,跟踪区域信息未必发生变化。这样,跟踪区域信息并未超出TA List所指示的范围,终端不执行TAU。与现有技术中由于服务小区发生变化,导致频繁执行TAU相比,能够大大降低终端执行TAU的次数,避免终端频繁执行TAU。In this way, the terminal only needs to determine whether the currently received tracking area information exists in the TA List to determine whether to perform TAU. It can be inferred from the above method that when the serving cell of the terminal or the accessed access network equipment changes, the serving gateway to which the terminal belongs does not necessarily change, and therefore, the tracking area information does not necessarily change. In this way, the tracking area information does not exceed the range indicated by the TA List, and the terminal does not perform TAU. Compared with the frequent execution of TAU due to changes in the serving cell in the prior art, the number of times that the terminal executes TAU can be greatly reduced, and the terminal frequently executes TAU.
本申请实施例提供的通信方法,终端在接收到跟踪区域的信息之后,由于跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,终端仅需要判断以服务网关为粒度的跟踪区域的信息是否在终端的TA List中,就能够确定是否执行TAU,极大地简化了终端的运算过程。In the communication method provided by the embodiment of this application, after the terminal receives the information of the tracking area, since the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway, the terminal only needs to determine whether the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the serving gateway is in the TA List of the terminal , You can determine whether to perform TAU, which greatly simplifies the terminal operation process.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,若跟踪区域的信息以服务网关的子区域为粒度,终端判断是否执行TAU的具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:As another possible implementation manner, if the tracking area information is granular in the sub-area of the serving gateway, the specific implementation process of the terminal determining whether to execute TAU may include the following steps:
若以子区域为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在终端的TA List中,则终端执行TAU。If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the sub-area is not in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal performs TAU.
反之,若以子区域为粒度的跟踪区域的信息在终端的TA List中,则终端无需执行TAU。Conversely, if the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the sub-area is in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal does not need to perform TAU.
示例性的,参照图9,虚线椭圆区域表示服务网关GW1的覆盖区域,虚线椭圆区域的右半部分表示服务网关GW1的子区域1(可以标识为“-1”),虚线椭圆区域的左半部分表示服务网关GW1的子区域2(可以标识为“-2”)。终端的TA List中的跟踪区域的信息包括:GW1-2-ID。若终端接收到某一跟踪区域的信息,该跟踪区域的信息包括GW1-2-ID,如图9所示。此时,由于该子区域的信息GW1-2-ID在终端的TA List中,则终端无需执行TAU。随着终端自图中的左向右移动,进入另一子区域(子区域1),若终端接收到另一跟 踪区域的信息,该跟踪区域的信息包括GW1-1-ID。此时,由于该子区域的信息GW1-1-ID不在终端的TA List中,则终端需执行TAU,以使核心网设备获取终端当前所处的跟踪区域。Exemplarily, referring to Figure 9, the dashed oval area represents the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1, the right half of the dashed oval area represents subarea 1 of the serving gateway GW1 (can be identified as "-1"), and the left half of the dashed oval area The part represents the sub-area 2 of the serving gateway GW1 (can be identified as "-2"). The tracking area information in the TA List of the terminal includes: GW1-2-ID. If the terminal receives information about a certain tracking area, the information about the tracking area includes GW1-2-ID, as shown in FIG. 9. At this time, since the information GW1-2-ID of the sub-area is in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal does not need to perform TAU. As the terminal moves from left to right in the figure and enters another sub-area (sub-area 1), if the terminal receives the information of another tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes GW1-1-ID. At this time, since the information GW1-1-ID of the sub-area is not in the TA List of the terminal, the terminal needs to perform TAU so that the core network device can obtain the tracking area where the terminal is currently located.
这里,终端只需要判断TA List中是否存在当前接收到的以子区域为粒度的跟踪区域的信息,来确定是否执行TAU。在对终端进行位置管理时,不仅能够确定终端在当前时刻处于哪一服务网关的覆盖范围,还能够确定终端在该服务网关覆盖区域的哪一子区域。如此,终端的位置范围更小,也就能够更精准地指示终端位置。Here, the terminal only needs to determine whether the currently received tracking area information with the granularity of sub-area exists in the TA List to determine whether to perform TAU. When performing location management on the terminal, it is not only possible to determine which service gateway is covered by the terminal at the current moment, but also which sub-area of the service gateway coverage area the terminal is in. In this way, the position range of the terminal is smaller, and the terminal position can be indicated more accurately.
“S401、接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息”这一步骤的具体实现方式有多种。下面举例进行说明。There are many specific ways to implement the step of "S401, the access network device obtains the information of the tracking area". The following examples illustrate.
作为一种可能的实现方式,参见图10,接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息可以包括如下步骤:As a possible implementation manner, referring to FIG. 10, the access network device acquiring the tracking area information may include the following steps:
S101、接入网设备确定服务网关。S101. The access network device determines a service gateway.
具体的,接入网设备根据接入网设备所连接的地面网关确定服务网关。Specifically, the access network device determines the serving gateway according to the ground gateway to which the access network device is connected.
在一种可能的设计中,接入网设备所连接的每一地面网关的信息来源于第一对应关系。第一对应关系可以包括服务网关的信息与时间段的信息之间的对应关系。第一对应关系具体可以是星历表、或轨迹时刻表等。接入网设备可以预先存储第一对应关系,或者,在接入网设备需要确定服务网关时,从第一核心网设备中获取第一对应关系。In a possible design, the information of each ground gateway connected to the access network device comes from the first correspondence. The first correspondence may include the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period. Specifically, the first correspondence relationship may be an ephemeris, a trajectory timetable, or the like. The access network device may store the first correspondence in advance, or, when the access network device needs to determine the serving gateway, obtain the first correspondence from the first core network device.
示例性的,在某一时刻,接入网设备能够连接N个地面网关,其中,N为整数。若N=1,则接入网设备将该一个地面网关作为服务网关,若N>1,则接入网设备选取N个地面网关中信号强度最好的地面网关作为服务网关,以保证通信质量。Exemplarily, at a certain moment, the access network device can connect to N ground gateways, where N is an integer. If N=1, the access network device uses this one ground gateway as the service gateway, if N>1, the access network device selects the ground gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways as the service gateway to ensure communication quality .
在另一种可能的设计中,接入网设备所连接的每一地面网关的信息来源于每一地面网关的同步信号。地面网关的同步信号中携带有地面网关的信息,如地面网关的标识。In another possible design, the information of each terrestrial gateway connected to the access network device comes from the synchronization signal of each terrestrial gateway. The synchronization signal of the ground gateway carries the information of the ground gateway, such as the identifier of the ground gateway.
示例性的,在某一时刻,接入网设备仅能够检测到一个地面网关的同步信号,从检测到的同步信号中获取一个地面网关的信息,且通过该地面网关建立与第一核心网设备的通信连接,此时,接入网设备连接仅一个地面网关,则将该地面网关作为服务网关,以进行通信。Exemplarily, at a certain moment, the access network device can only detect the synchronization signal of one ground gateway, obtain the information of a ground gateway from the detected synchronization signal, and establish a connection with the first core network device through the ground gateway. At this time, the access network device is connected to only one ground gateway, and the ground gateway is used as a service gateway for communication.
在另一时刻,接入网设备已确定了服务网关,且接入网设备还检测到来自其他地面网关的同步信号,则添加与相应地面网关之间的链路。如接入网设备还检测到来自地面网关GW2的信号,则添加与地面网关GW2之间的链路。在地面网关GW2的信号质量满足服务网关的切换条件,则接入网设备切换服务网关。示例性的,服务网关的切换条件可以包括:存在某一地面网关的信号质量优于当前服务网关的信号质量。服务网关的切换条件也可以包括:在时间阈值(可根据应用场景灵活设定)内,某一地面网关的信号质量优于当前服务网关的信号质量。服务网关的切换条件还可以包括:当前服务网关的信号质量低于信号质量阈值(可根据应用场景另行设置)。At another moment, the access network device has determined the serving gateway, and the access network device also detects synchronization signals from other ground gateways, and then adds a link with the corresponding ground gateway. If the access network device also detects a signal from the ground gateway GW2, it adds a link with the ground gateway GW2. When the signal quality of the ground gateway GW2 meets the switching condition of the serving gateway, the access network device switches the serving gateway. Exemplarily, the handover condition of the serving gateway may include: the signal quality of a certain terrestrial gateway is better than the signal quality of the current serving gateway. The switching condition of the serving gateway may also include: within the time threshold (which can be flexibly set according to the application scenario), the signal quality of a certain ground gateway is better than the signal quality of the current serving gateway. The switching condition of the serving gateway may also include: the signal quality of the current serving gateway is lower than the signal quality threshold (which can be set separately according to the application scenario).
S102、接入网设备根据服务网关的信息获取跟踪区域的信息。S102. The access network device obtains the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
示例性的,接入网设备可以将服务网关的标识(比如“GW1-ID”或“GW2-ID”)作为跟踪区域的信息。或者接入网设备可以将服务网关的标识(比如“GW1-ID”或“GW2-ID”)作为跟踪区域的部分信息。Exemplarily, the access network device may use the identification of the serving gateway (such as "GW1-ID" or "GW2-ID") as the tracking area information. Or the access network device may use the identifier of the serving gateway (such as "GW1-ID" or "GW2-ID") as part of the tracking area information.
如此,接入网设备通过选取服务网关,以保障接入网设备与地面网关之间的通信质量, 又由于跟踪区域的信息是根据服务网关的信息获取的,且服务网关相对地面的地理位置不会发生变化,则跟踪区域的信息能够精准表征终端所处的跟踪区域。In this way, the access network equipment selects the service gateway to ensure the communication quality between the access network equipment and the ground gateway, and because the tracking area information is obtained based on the information of the service gateway, and the geographic location of the service gateway relative to the ground is different. If changes occur, the tracking area information can accurately characterize the tracking area where the terminal is located.
如下,结合图11、图12和图13的场景示意图,再对“接入网设备通过信号强度选取服务网关,来获取跟踪区域的信息”这一可能的实现方式,进行详细说明:As follows, in conjunction with the scenario diagrams in Figures 11, 12, and 13, the possible implementation of "the access network device selects the service gateway by signal strength to obtain tracking area information" is described in detail:
参照图11,在第一时段内,地面网关GW1的信号质量优于地面网关GW2的信号质量,地面网关GW1作为接入网设备gNB1的服务网关,在图11中,接入网设备gNB1与地面网关GW1之间采用实线连接,以表示接入网设备gNB1以地面网关GW1为服务网关,此时,接入网设备gNB1所发送的广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括地面网关GW1的标识(GW1-ID)。接入网设备还检测到来自其他,如地面网关GW2的同步信号,则添加与地面网关GW2之间的链路,在图11中,接入网设备gNB1与地面网关GW2之间采用虚线连接,以表示接入网设备gNB1已添加与地面网关GW2之间的链路。11, in the first time period, the signal quality of the ground gateway GW1 is better than the signal quality of the ground gateway GW2. The ground gateway GW1 serves as the service gateway of the access network device gNB1. In FIG. 11, the access network device gNB1 and the ground The gateways GW1 are connected by solid lines to indicate that the access network device gNB1 uses the ground gateway GW1 as the service gateway. At this time, the broadcast message sent by the access network device gNB1 includes tracking area information, and the tracking area information includes the ground gateway The identification of GW1 (GW1-ID). The access network equipment also detects synchronization signals from other, such as the ground gateway GW2, and adds a link with the ground gateway GW2. In Figure 11, the access network equipment gNB1 and the ground gateway GW2 are connected by a dotted line. To indicate that the access network device gNB1 has added a link with the ground gateway GW2.
参照图12,由于接入网设备gNB1相对地面不断移动,接入网设备gNB1与两个地面网关(GW1和GW2)之间的间隔距离也在发生变化。当接入网设备检测到地面网关GW2的信号质量满足服务网关的切换条件时,表明地面网关GW2能够作为接入网设备gNB1的服务网关。在图12中,接入网设备gNB1与地面网关GW1和地面网关GW2之间均采用实线连接,表示接入网设备gNB1仍以地面网关GW1为服务网关,且地面网关GW2满足服务网关的切换条件,能够作为接入网设备gNB1的服务网关。图12所示出的状态为接入网设备gNB1未执行服务网关切换的状态,接入网设备gNB1所发送的广播消息中跟踪区域的信息仍包括地面网关GW1的标识(GW1-ID)。12, as the access network device gNB1 is constantly moving relative to the ground, the separation distance between the access network device gNB1 and the two ground gateways (GW1 and GW2) is also changing. When the access network device detects that the signal quality of the ground gateway GW2 meets the handover condition of the serving gateway, it indicates that the ground gateway GW2 can serve as the serving gateway of the access network device gNB1. In Figure 12, the access network device gNB1 is connected with the ground gateway GW1 and the ground gateway GW2 by solid lines, which means that the access network device gNB1 still uses the ground gateway GW1 as the serving gateway, and the ground gateway GW2 satisfies the switching of the serving gateway. Conditions, it can be used as the service gateway of the access network device gNB1. The state shown in FIG. 12 is a state where the access network device gNB1 does not perform serving gateway switching, and the tracking area information in the broadcast message sent by the access network device gNB1 still includes the identity (GW1-ID) of the ground gateway GW1.
参照图13,接入网设备gNB1进行服务网关切换,将服务网关由地面网关GW1切换为地面网关GW2。在图13中,接入网设备gNB1与地面网关GW2之间采用实线连接,以表示接入网设备gNB1以地面网关GW2为服务网关,此时,接入网设备gNB1所发送的广播消息中跟踪区域的信息包括地面网关GW2的标识(GW2-ID)。接入网设备gNB1与地面网关GW1之间采用虚线连接,以表示接入网设备gNB1与地面网关GW1之间的链路未删除。Referring to FIG. 13, the access network device gNB1 performs serving gateway switching, and switches the serving gateway from the ground gateway GW1 to the ground gateway GW2. In Figure 13, a solid line connection is used between the access network device gNB1 and the ground gateway GW2 to indicate that the access network device gNB1 uses the ground gateway GW2 as the service gateway. At this time, in the broadcast message sent by the access network device gNB1 The tracking area information includes the identification of the ground gateway GW2 (GW2-ID). The access network device gNB1 and the ground gateway GW1 are connected by a dotted line to indicate that the link between the access network device gNB1 and the ground gateway GW1 has not been deleted.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,参见图14,接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息可以包括如下步骤:As another possible implementation manner, referring to FIG. 14, the access network device acquiring the tracking area information may include the following steps:
S141、接入网设备获取第一对应关系。S141. The access network device obtains the first correspondence.
其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系。第一对应关系可以指示:在不同的时间段,接入网设备所连接的服务网关。每一时间段所对应的服务网关为接入网设备提供服务。例如,星历表、轨迹时刻表等可以包括第一对应关系。接入网设备可以预先存储第一对应关系,或者,在接入网设备需要确定服务网关时,从第一核心网设备中获取第一对应关系。The first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period. The first corresponding relationship may indicate: in different time periods, the service gateway to which the access network device is connected. The service gateway corresponding to each time period provides services for the access network equipment. For example, the ephemeris, trajectory timetable, etc. may include the first correspondence. The access network device may store the first correspondence in advance, or, when the access network device needs to determine the serving gateway, obtain the first correspondence from the first core network device.
S142、接入网设备根据第一对应关系,确定当前的服务网关的信息,以获取跟踪区域的信息。S142. The access network device determines the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence to obtain the information of the tracking area.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,参见图15,接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息可以包括如下步骤:As another possible implementation manner, referring to FIG. 15, the access network device acquiring the tracking area information may include the following steps:
S151、接入网设备获取星历表。S151. The access network device obtains the ephemeris.
其中,星历表包括接入网设备接入服务网关的时间。Among them, the ephemeris includes the time when the access network device accesses the service gateway.
示例性的,星历表可以包括:一个或多个服务网关中每一服务网关为卫星提供服务时 间、去服务时间、服务时长和卫星的轨道周期中的一项或多项。其中,服务网关为卫星提供服务的时间可以理解为卫星接入该网关的时间。某一服务网关去服务指的是卫星脱离该网关,如此,该服务网关不再为该卫星提供服务。卫星接入某一服务网关的时间和卫星脱离该网关的时间之间的时长称为该网关服务该卫星的服务时长。卫星轨道周期指的是卫星环绕地球一周所需的时间。示例性的,表1为一种可能的星历表,其中,每个地面站对应一个地面网关,每个地面网关均存在其所归属的核心网ID。Exemplarily, the ephemeris may include: one or more of the service time, de-service time, service duration, and orbit period of the satellite provided by each of the one or more service gateways. Among them, the time that the service gateway provides services to the satellite can be understood as the time that the satellite accesses the gateway. De-serving by a certain service gateway means that the satellite leaves the gateway, so that the service gateway no longer provides services for the satellite. The length of time between the time when a satellite accesses a certain service gateway and the time when the satellite leaves the gateway is called the service time length of the gateway serving the satellite. Satellite orbit period refers to the time required for a satellite to circle the earth. Exemplarily, Table 1 is a possible ephemeris, where each ground station corresponds to a ground gateway, and each ground gateway has its own core network ID.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020084545-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020084545-appb-000001
当然,星历表中还可能包括比表1更多或更少的信息,本申请实施例不对星历表的具体实现做出限制。Of course, the ephemeris may also include more or less information than Table 1, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation of the ephemeris.
S152、接入网设备根据星历表,确定跟踪区域的信息。S152. The access network device determines the tracking area information according to the ephemeris.
具体的,接入网设备根据接入网设备接入服务网关的时间,确定跟踪区域的信息。Specifically, the access network device determines the tracking area information according to the time when the access network device accesses the service gateway.
其中,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。服务网关的信息比如但不限于可以包括服务网关的标识、名称等。Among them, the information of the tracking area includes information of the service gateway. The information of the service gateway may include, for example, but not limited to, the identifier and name of the service gateway.
本申请实施例中,示例性的,以表1的中国站对应的卫星为例,其环绕地球一周的轨道周期为79200s,在轨道周期内的不同时间段,卫星所处空间位置不同,比如,假设由上述星历表推知,在12:00-13:00,卫星处于中国区域上空,在17:00-18:00,卫星处于欧洲区域上空。卫星处于中国区域上空时,卫星接入中国站部署的地面网关,相应的,卫星确定的跟踪区域的信息比如可以包括中国站部署的地面网关的标识(X)。卫星处于欧洲区域上空时,跟踪区域的信息可以包括欧洲区域部署的地面网关的标识(Y)。可以理解的是,卫星可以基于星历表中卫星接入不同服务网关的时间判断当前时刻处于哪一时段,以便于获知接入哪一服务网关,进而获知跟踪区域的信息。In the embodiment of this application, for example, taking the satellite corresponding to the China station in Table 1 as an example, its orbital period around the earth is 79200 s. In different time periods within the orbital period, the satellites are in different spatial positions, for example, Assuming that it is inferred from the above ephemeris, from 12:00 to 13:00, the satellite is over the Chinese region, and from 17:00 to 18:00, the satellite is over the European region. When the satellite is above the Chinese region, the satellite is connected to the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station. Correspondingly, the information of the tracking area determined by the satellite may include, for example, the identifier (X) of the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station. When the satellite is over the European area, the tracking area information may include the identification (Y) of the ground gateway deployed in the European area. It is understandable that the satellite can determine which time period the current time is in based on the time when the satellite is connected to different service gateways in the ephemeris, so as to know which service gateway is connected to, and then the tracking area information.
如此,接入网设备直接基于服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的第一对应关系,如星历表,来确定跟踪区域的信息,降低接入网设备的运算量,简化处理流程。又由于所确定的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,且服务网关的地理位置相对地面不动,因此,跟踪区域的信息更能够精准指示终端所处的位置。In this way, the access network device directly determines the tracking area information based on the first correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period, such as an ephemeris, which reduces the computational load of the access network device and simplifies the processing flow. In addition, since the information of the determined tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway, and the geographic location of the serving gateway is relatively fixed on the ground, the information of the tracking area can more accurately indicate the location of the terminal.
上述均以服务网关作为跟踪区域信息的粒度,进一步的,还可以细化跟踪区域信息的粒度。具体的,对于某一服务网关而言,接入网设备对当前时间信息所属的时间段进行划分,获得一个或多个子时段,每一子时段所对应一个子区域,每一子区域均属于时间段对应的服务网关的覆盖区域。此时,接入网设备所广播的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息和子区域的信息。如此,不同跟踪区域信息可以包括同一服务网关信息和不同子区域信 息。或者,不同跟踪区域信息可以包括不同服务网关信息和不同子区域信息。In the above, the service gateway is used as the granularity of the tracking area information, and further, the granularity of the tracking area information can be refined. Specifically, for a certain serving gateway, the access network device divides the time period to which the current time information belongs to obtain one or more sub-periods, each sub-period corresponds to a sub-region, and each sub-region belongs to time The coverage area of the service gateway corresponding to the segment. At this time, the tracking area information broadcast by the access network device includes the service gateway information and the sub-area information. In this way, different tracking area information may include the same service gateway information and different sub-area information. Alternatively, different tracking area information may include different service gateway information and different sub-area information.
“S402、接入网设备发送广播消息”这一步骤的具体实现方式有多种。下面举例进行说明。作为第一种可能的实现方式,跟踪区域的信息所包括的服务网关发生变化时,接入网设备直接发送不同的广播消息。There are many specific implementation modes for the step of "S402, the access network device sends a broadcast message". The following examples illustrate. As a first possible implementation manner, when the service gateway included in the tracking area information changes, the access network device directly sends different broadcast messages.
接入网设备将信号强度最好的地面网关作为跟踪区域的信息,直接广播包括该跟踪区域的信息的广播消息。相应的,终端接收来自接入网设备的广播消息。The access network equipment uses the ground gateway with the best signal strength as the tracking area information, and directly broadcasts a broadcast message including the tracking area information. Correspondingly, the terminal receives the broadcast message from the access network device.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,以服务网关作为跟踪区域的信息的粒度,接入网设备按照时间段发送不同的广播消息。As a second possible implementation manner, with the serving gateway as the granularity of the tracking area information, the access network device sends different broadcast messages according to time periods.
参见图16,接入网设备发送广播消息的具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:Referring to FIG. 16, the specific implementation process for the access network device to send the broadcast message may include the following steps:
S161、在第一时段内,接入网设备发送第一广播消息。S161. In the first time period, the access network device sends a first broadcast message.
相应的,第一终端接收来自接入网设备的第一广播消息。Correspondingly, the first terminal receives the first broadcast message from the access network device.
其中,第一广播消息包括第一跟踪区域的信息,第一跟踪区域的信息包括第一时段所对应的第一服务网关的信息。第一终端是处于第一服务网关覆盖区域内的终端。The first broadcast message includes information about the first tracking area, and the information about the first tracking area includes information about the first service gateway corresponding to the first time period. The first terminal is a terminal located in the coverage area of the first serving gateway.
S162、在第二时段内,接入网设备发送第二广播消息。S162. In the second time period, the access network device sends a second broadcast message.
相应的,第二终端接收来自接入网设备的第二广播消息。Correspondingly, the second terminal receives the second broadcast message from the access network device.
其中,第二广播消息包括第二跟踪区域的信息,第二跟踪区域的信息包括第二时段所对应的第二服务网关的信息。第二终端是处于第二服务网关覆盖区域内的终端。第一服务网关与第二服务网关不同。The second broadcast message includes the information of the second tracking area, and the information of the second tracking area includes the information of the second service gateway corresponding to the second time period. The second terminal is a terminal located in the coverage area of the second serving gateway. The first service gateway is different from the second service gateway.
示例性的,基于星历表,如表1,在12:00-13:00这一时段,卫星处于中国区域上空,则卫星接入中国站部署的地面网关,卫星广播的跟踪区域的信息比如可以包括中国站部署的地面网关的标识(X)。Exemplarily, based on the ephemeris, as shown in Table 1, during the period from 12:00 to 13:00, if the satellite is over the Chinese region, the satellite is connected to the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station, and the tracking area information broadcast by the satellite is for example It may include the identification (X) of the ground gateway deployed by the Chinese station.
由上述星历表可推知,在17:00-18:00这一时段,卫星处于欧洲区域上空,卫星向终端广播,跟踪区域的信息可以包括欧洲区域部署的地面网关的标识(Y)。It can be inferred from the above ephemeris that during the period from 17:00 to 18:00, the satellite is in the sky over the European area, and the satellite broadcasts to the terminal. The tracking area information may include the identification (Y) of the ground gateway deployed in the European area.
这里,接入网设备仅依据时间来发送不同的广播消息,以使终端在接收到广播消息之后,确定是否执行TAU,方便后续对终端进行位置管理。Here, the access network device only sends different broadcast messages based on time, so that after receiving the broadcast message, the terminal determines whether to perform TAU, so as to facilitate subsequent location management of the terminal.
作为第三种可能的实现方式,进一步的,细化跟踪区域信息的粒度,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息和子区域的信息。具体的,每一时间段均对应一个服务网关。对时间段划分,每一时间段包括一个或多个子时段。每一服务网关的覆盖区域包括一个或多个子区域,每一子时段对应一个子区域。接入网设备按照子时段发送不同的广播消息。不同的广播消息可以是包括不同服务网关的信息的广播消息,也可以是包含相同服务网关的信息且不同子区域的信息的广播消息。As a third possible implementation manner, further refine the granularity of the tracking area information. The tracking area information includes the service gateway information and the sub-area information. Specifically, each time period corresponds to a service gateway. For time period division, each time period includes one or more sub-periods. The coverage area of each service gateway includes one or more sub-areas, and each sub-period corresponds to one sub-areas. The access network device sends different broadcast messages according to sub-periods. Different broadcast messages may be broadcast messages that include information about different service gateways, or broadcast messages that include information about the same service gateway and information about different sub-regions.
参见图17,跟踪区域的信息包括第三服务网关的信息和第一子区域的信息,接入网设备按照时间信息发送不同的广播消息,具体可以是同一服务网关下不同子区域所对应的广播消息,也可以是不同服务网关下相同子区域所对应的广播消息,还可以是不同服务网关下不同子区域所对应的广播消息。S402的具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:Referring to Figure 17, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the third serving gateway and the information of the first sub-area. The access network device sends different broadcast messages according to the time information, which may specifically be broadcasts corresponding to different sub-areas under the same serving gateway. The message may also be a broadcast message corresponding to the same sub-area under different service gateways, or a broadcast message corresponding to different sub-area under different service gateways. The specific implementation process of S402 may include the following steps:
S171、在第三时段内,接入网设备发送第三广播消息。S171. In the third time period, the access network device sends a third broadcast message.
相应的,第三终端接收来自接入网设备广播的第三广播消息。Correspondingly, the third terminal receives the third broadcast message broadcast from the access network device.
其中,第三广播消息包括第三跟踪区域的信息。第三跟踪区域的信息包括第三时段所对应的第三服务网关的信息和第三子区域的信息。第三时段是第三广播消息中服务网关的 信息所对应的时间段的部分时段。第三终端是处于第三广播消息中第三子区域内的终端。Wherein, the third broadcast message includes the information of the third tracking area. The information of the third tracking area includes information of the third service gateway corresponding to the third time period and information of the third sub-area. The third time period is a part of the time period corresponding to the service gateway information in the third broadcast message. The third terminal is a terminal in the third subarea in the third broadcast message.
S172、在第四时段内,接入网设备发送第四广播消息。S172. In the fourth time period, the access network device sends a fourth broadcast message.
相应的,第四终端接收来自接入网设备广播的第四广播消息。Correspondingly, the fourth terminal receives the fourth broadcast message broadcast from the access network device.
其中,第四广播消息包括第四跟踪区域的信息。第四跟踪区域的信息包括第四时段所对应的服务网关的信息和子区域的信息,具体可以包括第三服务网关的信息和第二子区域的信息,也可以包括第四服务网关的信息和第一子区域的信息,还可以包括第四服务网关的信息和第二子区域的信息。第四时段是第四广播消息中服务网关的信息所对应的时间段的部分时段。第四终端是处于第四广播消息中子区域内的终端。Wherein, the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the fourth tracking area. The information of the fourth tracking area includes the information of the service gateway corresponding to the fourth time period and the information of the subarea. Specifically, it may include the information of the third service gateway and the information of the second subarea, and it may also include the information of the fourth service gateway and the first subarea. The information of a sub-area may also include information of the fourth service gateway and information of the second sub-area. The fourth time period is a part of the time period corresponding to the service gateway information in the fourth broadcast message. The fourth terminal is a terminal in the sub-area of the fourth broadcast message.
示例性的,参照图9,接入网设备gNB1的服务网关为网关GW1。可以根据上述星历表将网关GW1的覆盖区域分为两个子区域:子区域1和子区域2。其中,子区域1的标识可以是“-1”,子区域2的标识可以是“-2”。右半部分的虚线椭圆区域为子区域1,左半部分的虚线椭圆区域为子区域2。并且,在10:00~10:30这一时段内,接入网设备(gNB1)进入子区域1。这样,在10:00~10:30,接入网设备gNB1广播第三跟踪区域的信息,此时,第三跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息(比如“GW1”)和子区域1(比如子区域1的标识“-1”)的信息,第三跟踪区域的信息的格式具体可以为GW1-1-ID(不排除其他格式)。在10:30~11:00这一时段内,接入网设备gNB1进入子区域2,接入网设备gNB1向终端发送第四跟踪区域的信息,此时,第四跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息(比如“GW1”)和子区域2(比如子区域2的标识“-2”)的信息,第四跟踪区域的信息具体可以为GW1-2-ID。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 9, the serving gateway of the access network device gNB1 is the gateway GW1. The coverage area of the gateway GW1 can be divided into two sub-areas: sub-areas 1 and sub-areas 2 according to the above ephemeris. Wherein, the identifier of sub-area 1 may be "-1", and the identifier of sub-area 2 may be "-2". The dashed elliptical area in the right half is sub-area 1, and the dashed elliptical area in the left half is sub-area 2. In addition, during the period of 10:00-10:30, the access network device (gNB1) enters the subarea 1. In this way, from 10:00 to 10:30, the access network device gNB1 broadcasts the information of the third tracking area. At this time, the information of the third tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway (such as "GW1") and subarea 1 (such as subarea). The information of the area 1 identifier "-1"), and the format of the information of the third tracking area may specifically be GW1-1-ID (other formats are not excluded). During the period from 10:30 to 11:00, the access network device gNB1 enters the subarea 2, and the access network device gNB1 sends the information of the fourth tracking area to the terminal. At this time, the information of the fourth tracking area includes the service gateway The information of the fourth tracking area (such as "GW1") and the information of the sub-area 2 (such as the identifier of the sub-area 2 "-2"), and the information of the fourth tracking area may specifically be GW1-2-ID.
这里,对服务网关所对应的时间段进行划分,接入网设备在不同的时间进入不同子区域(比如图9中位于左侧的虚实线椭圆区域)时,其所广播的跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息。后续,在对终端进行位置管理时,不仅能够确定接入网设备在当前时刻接入哪一服务网关,还能够确定接入网设备所发送的广播消息能够到达该服务网关覆盖区域的哪一子区域,以便于进行更精准地终端位置管理。Here, the time period corresponding to the service gateway is divided. When the access network device enters different sub-areas (such as the dashed and solid ellipse area on the left in Figure 9) at different times, the information of the tracking area broadcasted by it is also Include information about sub-regions. Subsequent, when performing location management on the terminal, not only can it be determined which serving gateway the access network device is connected to at the current moment, but it can also be determined which sub-region of the service gateway coverage area that the broadcast message sent by the access network device can reach. Area for more precise terminal location management.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,该通信方法应用在接入网设备与核心网设备进行通信连接管理的过程中。参见图18,该通信方法包括如下步骤:The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which is applied in the process of communication connection management between the access network device and the core network device. Referring to Figure 18, the communication method includes the following steps:
S1800、接入网设备获取地面网关的信息。S1800. The access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway.
其中,地面网关的信息可以包括地面网关的名称、或标识等。Wherein, the information of the terrestrial gateway may include the name or identification of the terrestrial gateway.
S1801、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求。S1801. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
相应的,第一核心网设备接收来自接入网设备的连接建立请求。Correspondingly, the first core network device receives the connection establishment request from the access network device.
其中,连接请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括地面网关的信息。例如,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所连接的一个或多个地面网关的信息。The connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the information of the ground gateway. For example, the connection establishment request includes information about one or more ground gateways to which the first core network device is connected.
S1802、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。S1802. The first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
相应的,接入网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的连接建立响应。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the connection establishment response from the first core network device.
其中,连接建立响应包括第一核心网设备的标识,在本申请实施例中,第一核心网设备可以指接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)。第一核心网设备的标识可以是第一AMF的名称、或第一AMF的编号等,如AMF1。Among them, the connection establishment response includes the identifier of the first core network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the first core network device may refer to an access and mobility management function (AMF). The identifier of the first core network device may be the name of the first AMF, or the number of the first AMF, etc., such as AMF1.
可选的,第一核心网设备建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接之后,其 向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。或者,比如,第一核心网设备在接收到来自接入网设备的连接建立请求之后,先向接入网设备发送连接建立响应,再建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接。Optionally, after the first core network device establishes a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, it sends a connection establishment response to the access network device. Or, for example, after receiving the connection establishment request from the access network device, the first core network device first sends a connection establishment response to the access network device, and then establishes communication between the access network device and the first core network device connection.
如此,通过上述第一核心网设备与接入网设备之间的交互,以完成两者之间通信连接的建立。In this way, through the interaction between the first core network device and the access network device, the establishment of the communication connection between the two is completed.
如下对“S1800、接入网设备获取地面网关的信息”这一步骤的具体实现方式有多种。下面举例进行说明。As follows, there are many specific ways to implement the step of "S1800, access network equipment obtaining ground gateway information". The following examples illustrate.
作为第一种可能的实现方式,参见图19,接入网设备获取地面网关的信息的具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:As the first possible implementation manner, referring to FIG. 19, the specific implementation process for the access network device to obtain the information of the terrestrial gateway may include the following steps:
S191、接入网设备根据第一对应关系,确定当前的服务网关的信息。S191. The access network device determines the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence.
其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系,用以指示:在不同的时间段,接入网设备连接的服务网关。The first correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period, and is used to indicate the service gateway to which the access network device is connected in different time periods.
例如,第一核心网设备连接两个地面网关,两个地面网关的标识可以分别是:GW1和GW2,可以采用“1-GW1”来表征第一核心网设备与网关GW1之间的对应关系,可以采用“1-GW2”来表征第一核心网设备与网关GW2之间的对应关系,其中,“1-”可以表示第一核心网设备。For example, if the first core network device is connected to two terrestrial gateways, the identifiers of the two terrestrial gateways may be respectively: GW1 and GW2, and "1-GW1" may be used to characterize the correspondence between the first core network device and the gateway GW1. "1-GW2" may be used to characterize the correspondence between the first core network device and the gateway GW2, where "1-" may indicate the first core network device.
示例性的,星历表包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系,接入网设备基于当前时间信息从星历表中获取到GW1和GW2这两个地面网关的信息。Exemplarily, the ephemeris includes the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the information of the time period, and the access network device obtains the information of the two ground gateways, GW1 and GW2, from the ephemeris based on the current time information.
如此,接入网设备通过第一对应关系,获取当前的服务网关的信息,为建立与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接提供信息支持。In this way, the access network device obtains the current service gateway information through the first corresponding relationship, and provides information support for establishing a communication connection with the first core network device.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,参见图20,接入网设备获取地面网关的信息的具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:As a second possible implementation manner, referring to FIG. 20, the specific implementation process for the access network device to obtain the information of the ground gateway may include the following steps:
S201、接入网设备从检测到的地面网关同步信号中获取地面网关的信息。S201. The access network device obtains ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
示例性的,若接入网设备能够检测到某一地面网关的信号,则接入网设备从检测到的地面网关同步信号中获取地面网关的信息,可以记为GW1。Exemplarily, if the access network device can detect the signal of a certain ground gateway, the access network device obtains the ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal, which can be recorded as GW1.
如此,接入网设备通过检测各个地面网关的同步信号来获取地面网关的信息,以便于通过该地面网关建立与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接。In this way, the access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway by detecting the synchronization signal of each ground gateway, so as to establish a communication connection with the first core network device through the ground gateway.
“S1801、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求”这一步骤的具体实现方式有多种。下面举例进行说明。There are many specific implementation modes for the step of "S1801, the access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device". The following examples illustrate.
作为第一种可能的实现方式,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所连接的地面网关的信息,以使第一核心网设备获知其与接入网设备通信连接期间所有的地面网关的信息。此时,连接建立请求中所包含的地面网关的数量与第一核心网设备所连接的地面网关的数量一致。As a first possible implementation manner, the connection establishment request includes the information of the ground gateway to which the first core network device is connected, so that the first core network device learns the information of all the ground gateways during the communication connection with the access network device. At this time, the number of ground gateways included in the connection establishment request is consistent with the number of ground gateways connected to the first core network device.
示例性的,参见图2,地面网关GW1和地面网关GW2均与第一核心网设备连接,此时,连接建立请求中地面网关的信息可以包括:1-GW1和1-GW2。其中,“1-”表示第一核心网设备,“1-GW1”表示与第一核心网设备连接的地面网关GW1,“1-GW2”表示与第一核心网设备连接的地面网关GW2。Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 2, the ground gateway GW1 and the ground gateway GW2 are both connected to the first core network device. At this time, the ground gateway information in the connection establishment request may include: 1-GW1 and 1-GW2. Among them, "1-" indicates the first core network device, "1-GW1" indicates the ground gateway GW1 connected to the first core network device, and "1-GW2" indicates the ground gateway GW2 connected to the first core network device.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,连接建立请求包括接入网设备基于地面网关同步信号所获取的地面网关的信息,以通过该地面网关建立与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接。As a second possible implementation manner, the connection establishment request includes information of the ground gateway obtained by the access network device based on the ground gateway synchronization signal, so as to establish a communication connection with the first core network device through the ground gateway.
示例性的,在某一时刻,接入网设备从地面网关的同步信号中获取某一地面网关的信息,记为GW1。此时,接入网设备所发送的连接建立请求可以包括:GW1。Exemplarily, at a certain moment, the access network device obtains the information of a certain ground gateway from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway, which is recorded as GW1. At this time, the connection establishment request sent by the access network device may include: GW1.
示例性的,在连接建立请求的第一种和第二种可能的实现方式中,连接建立请求中均包括TAC,TAC中包括地面网关的信息。表2示出了连接建立请求所包括的字段内容:Exemplarily, in the first and second possible implementation manners of the connection establishment request, the connection establishment request includes the TAC, and the TAC includes the information of the ground gateway. Table 2 shows the field content included in the connection establishment request:
表2Table 2
信息元素/组名(IE/Group Name)Information element/group name (IE/Group Name)
>支持的TA项目(Supported TA Item)>Supported TA Item (Supported TA Item)
>>跟踪区域码(TAC)>>Tracking Area Code (TAC)
>>默认寻呼非连续接收(Default Paging DRX)>>Default paging discontinuous reception (Default Paging DRX)
作为第三种可能的实现方式,连接建立请求包括服务网关的信息和时间信息,时间信息包括时间段的信息,且不同时间段接入网设备连接的服务网关不同。As a third possible implementation manner, the connection establishment request includes service gateway information and time information, the time information includes time period information, and the service gateways connected to the access network devices in different time periods are different.
示例性的,连接建立请求可以包括:GW1,开始时刻:12:00,持续时长:40min;GW2,开始时刻:12:41,持续时长:20min。其中,“GW1,开始时刻:12:00,持续时长:40min”表示从12:00这一时刻开始,接入网设备通过该服务网关GW1与第一核心网设备之间存在通信连接,持续时长为40分钟,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关GW1的信息。“GW2,开始时刻:12:41,持续时长:20min”表示在12:41这一时刻开始,接入网设备通过该服务网关GW2与第一核心网设备之间存在通信连接,持续时长为20分钟,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关GW2的信息。Exemplarily, the connection establishment request may include: GW1, starting time: 12:00, duration: 40 minutes; GW2, starting time: 12:41, duration: 20 minutes. Among them, "GW1, start time: 12:00, duration: 40min" means that from 12:00, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the serving gateway GW1, and the duration is For 40 minutes, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway GW1. "GW2, start time: 12:41, duration: 20min" means that at 12:41, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the serving gateway GW2, and the duration is 20 Minutes, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway GW2.
作为第四种可能的实现方式,连接建立请求包括服务网关的信息和时间信息,时间信息包括子时段的信息,一个或多个子时段构成一个时间段。不同子时段对应不同的子区域,某一子区域属于某一服务网关的覆盖区域,且该服务网关为该子时段所构成时间段所对应的网关。As a fourth possible implementation manner, the connection establishment request includes service gateway information and time information, and the time information includes sub-period information, and one or more sub-periods constitute a time period. Different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas, a certain sub-area belongs to the coverage area of a certain service gateway, and the service gateway is the gateway corresponding to the time period constituted by the sub-period.
示例性的,连接建立请求可以包括:GW1-1,开始时刻:10:00,持续时长:30min;GW1-2,开始时刻:10:31,持续时长:30min。其中,“GW1”表示网关,“-1”表示子区域1,“GW1-1”表示网关GW1的子区域1,“-2”表示子区域2,“GW1-2”表示网关GW1的子区域2。“GW1-1,开始时刻:10:00,持续时长:30min”表示从10:00这一时刻开始,接入网设备通过该服务网关GW1与第一核心网设备之间存在通信连接,向服务网关的子区域1广播消息,持续时长为30分钟,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关GW1的信息和子区域1的信息。“GW1-2,开始时刻:10:31,持续时长:30min”表示从10:31这一时刻开始,接入网设备通过该服务网关GW1与第一核心网设备之间存在通信连接,向服务网关的子区域2广播消息,持续时长为30分钟,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关GW1的信息和子区域2的信息。Exemplarily, the connection establishment request may include: GW1-1, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min; GW1-2, start time: 10:31, duration: 30min. Among them, "GW1" represents the gateway, "-1" represents the subarea 1, "GW1-1" represents the subarea 1 of the gateway GW1, "-2" represents the subarea 2, and "GW1-2" represents the subarea of the gateway GW1 2. "GW1-1, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min" means that from 10:00, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the service gateway GW1, The sub-area 1 broadcast message of the gateway lasts for 30 minutes. The information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway GW1 and the information of the sub-area 1. "GW1-2, start time: 10:31, duration: 30min" means that from 10:31, there is a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device through the serving gateway GW1, The sub-area 2 broadcast message of the gateway lasts for 30 minutes, and the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway GW1 and the information of the sub-area 2.
示例性的,连接建立请求中均包括服务网关的信息和时间信息。表3示出了连接建立请求所包括的字段内容:Exemplarily, the connection establishment request includes the service gateway information and time information. Table 3 shows the field content included in the connection establishment request:
表3table 3
信息元素/组名(IE/Group Name)Information element/group name (IE/Group Name)
>支持的TA项目(Supported TA Item)>Supported TA Item (Supported TA Item)
>>跟踪区域码(TAC)>>Tracking Area Code (TAC)
>>开始时间(StartTime)>>Start Time (StartTime)
>>>时(hour)>>>Hour (hour)
>>>分(minute)>>>minute (minute)
>>>秒(second)>>>second
>>持续时间(Duration)>>Duration
>>默认寻呼非连续接收(Default Paging DRX)>>Default paging discontinuous reception (Default Paging DRX)
另外,对于“接入网设备从地面网关的同步信号中获取地面网关的信息”这一实现方式(S1801的第二种可能的实现方式)而言,接入网设备基于各个地面网关的信号强度,确定服务网关。若服务网关变化,则基于服务网关所确定的跟踪区域的信息也会相应发生变化。由于接入网设备所发送的连接建立请求仅包括从地面网关的同步信号中所获取的地面网关的信息,而第一核心网设备还需要获知接入网设备每一次更新的跟踪区域的信息,以实时更新接入网设备与服务网关之间的对应关系,记为第二对应关系。下面,对接入网设备更新跟踪区域的信息之后的处理过程进行说明:In addition, for the implementation of "the access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway" (the second possible implementation of S1801), the access network device is based on the signal strength of each ground gateway , Determine the service gateway. If the serving gateway changes, the information based on the tracking area determined by the serving gateway will also change accordingly. Since the connection establishment request sent by the access network device only includes the information of the ground gateway obtained from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway, the first core network device also needs to know the tracking area information that the access network device updates every time, The corresponding relationship between the access network device and the service gateway is updated in real time, which is recorded as the second corresponding relationship. The following describes the processing procedure after the access network device updates the tracking area information:
参见图20,在一种场景中,接入网设备的服务网关在同一核心网设备(如第一核心网设备)所连接的网关之间切换,此时,接入网设备更新跟踪区域的信息之后,需要向第一核心网设备发送TA更新请求,具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:Referring to Figure 20, in a scenario, the serving gateway of the access network device switches between gateways connected to the same core network device (such as the first core network device). At this time, the access network device updates the tracking area information After that, a TA update request needs to be sent to the first core network device. The specific implementation process may include the following steps:
S202、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送TA更新请求。S202: The access network device sends a TA update request to the first core network device.
相应的,第一核心网设备从接入网设备中获取TA更新请求。Correspondingly, the first core network device obtains the TA update request from the access network device.
其中,TA更新请求包括更新后的跟踪区域的信息,更新后的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关包括从接入网设备连接的地面网关中所确定的网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与接入网设备的对应关系。Wherein, the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information, the updated tracking area information includes the information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateway connected to the access network device, and the TA update request is used for Request to update the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,接入网设备的服务网关发生变化:由第一核心网设备所连接的地面网关GW1切换为地面网关GW2。此时,TA更新请求可以包括的第一核心网设备的地面网关GW2的信息,如1-GW2。其中,“1-”表示第一核心网设备,“GW2”表示地面网关的信息。Exemplarily, the service gateway of the access network device changes: the ground gateway GW1 connected to the first core network device is switched to the ground gateway GW2. At this time, the TA update request may include the information of the ground gateway GW2 of the first core network device, such as 1-GW2. Among them, "1-" indicates the first core network device, and "GW2" indicates the information of the ground gateway.
S203、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送TA更新响应。S203. The first core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
相应的,接入网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的TA更新响应。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the TA update response from the first core network device.
需要说明的是,第一核心网设备可以先更新TA更新请求中的服务网关与接入网设备之间的第二对应关系,再向接入网设备发送TA更新响应。或者,第一核心网设备可以先向接入网设备发送TA更新响应,再更新TA更新请求中的服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。本申请实施例对第一核心网设备更新第二对应关系,以及向接入网设备发送TA更新响应的执行顺序不做限定。It should be noted that the first core network device may first update the second correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device in the TA update request, and then send a TA update response to the access network device. Alternatively, the first core network device may first send a TA update response to the access network device, and then update the correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device in the TA update request. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence of the first core network device updating the second correspondence and sending the TA update response to the access network device.
参见图20,在另一种场景中,接入网设备的服务网关在不同核心网设备所连接的地面网关之间切换,如服务网关由第一核心网设备所连接的地面网关切换为第二核心网设备所连接的地面网关。此时,接入网设备更新跟踪区域的信息之后,需要向第二核心网设备发送TA更新请求,具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:Referring to Figure 20, in another scenario, the serving gateway of the access network device is switched between the ground gateways connected to different core network devices. For example, the serving gateway is switched from the ground gateway connected to the first core network device to the second The ground gateway to which the core network equipment is connected. At this time, after the access network device updates the tracking area information, it needs to send a TA update request to the second core network device. The specific implementation process may include the following steps:
S204、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送TA更新请求。S204. The access network device sends a TA update request to the second core network device.
相应的,第二核心网设备从接入网设备中获取TA更新请求。Correspondingly, the second core network device obtains the TA update request from the access network device.
其中,TA更新请求包括更新后的跟踪区域的信息,更新后的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关包括从接入网设备连接的地面网关中所确定的网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与接入网设备的对应关系。Wherein, the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information, the updated tracking area information includes the information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateway connected to the access network device, and the TA update request is used for Request to update the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,接入网设备的服务网关发生变化:由第一核心网设备所连接的地面网关GW2切换为第二核心网设备所连接的地面网关GW1。此时,TA更新请求可以包括的第二核心网设备的地面网关GW1的信息,如2-GW1。其中,“2-”表示第二核心网设备,“GW1”表示地面网关的信息。Exemplarily, the service gateway of the access network device changes: the ground gateway GW2 connected to the first core network device is switched to the ground gateway GW1 connected to the second core network device. At this time, the TA update request may include the information of the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device, such as 2-GW1. Among them, "2-" indicates the second core network device, and "GW1" indicates the information of the ground gateway.
S205、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送TA更新响应。S205: The second core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
相应的,接入网设备接收来自第二核心网设备的TA更新响应。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the TA update response from the second core network device.
类似的。本申请实施例对第二核心网设备更新第二对应关系(服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系),以及向接入网设备发送TA更新响应的执行顺序不做限定。akin. In the embodiment of the present application, the second core network device updates the second correspondence (correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device), and the execution sequence of sending the TA update response to the access network device is not limited.
示例性的,TA更新请求中均包括TAC,TAC中包括更新后的服务网关的信息。TA更新请求所增加的字段内容可以参见表4。Exemplarily, all TA update requests include TAC, and the TAC includes updated service gateway information. The contents of the fields added in the TA update request can be found in Table 4.
表4示出了TA更新请求所包括的字段内容:Table 4 shows the contents of the fields included in the TA update request:
表4Table 4
信息元素/组名(IE/Group Name)Information element/group name (IE/Group Name)
>支持的TA项目(Supported TA Item)>Supported TA Item (Supported TA Item)
>>跟踪区域码(TAC)>>Tracking Area Code (TAC)
如此,通过上述处理处理,接入网设备将更新后的服务网关上报给核心网设备,以使核心网设备实时更新服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系,为寻呼过程提供信息基础。In this way, through the above processing, the access network device reports the updated service gateway to the core network device, so that the core network device can update the corresponding relationship between the service gateway and the access network device in real time, providing an information basis for the paging process .
下面,以服务网关的信息作为跟踪区域的信息,对本申请实施例的通信方法进行详细描述。In the following, the information of the service gateway is used as the information of the tracking area to describe the communication method of the embodiment of the present application in detail.
作为第一种可能的实现方式,参照图21,具体实现过程如下:As the first possible implementation, referring to Figure 21, the specific implementation process is as follows:
S2100、接入网设备获取地面网关GW1的ID。S2100. The access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW1.
示例性的,接入网设备从地面网关GW1的同步信号中获取到地面网关GW1的ID,或者,接入网设备通过配置信息,如星历表,获取到地面网关GW1的ID。Exemplarily, the access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW1 from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway GW1, or the access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW1 through configuration information, such as an ephemeris.
S2101、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求。S2101. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
其中,第一核心网设备为地面网关GW1所连接的核心网设备,连接请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括地面网关GW1的ID(GW1-ID)。在接入网设备仅能够获取到一个地面网关GW1的信息时,将该地面网关GW1作为服务网关。The first core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW1, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1 ( GW1-ID). When the access network device can only obtain the information of one ground gateway GW1, the ground gateway GW1 is used as the serving gateway.
示例性的,第一核心网设备可以是接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),接入网设备将获取到的地面网关的信息,填入TAC,从接口将连接建立请求上报给AMF。其中,连接建立请求包括TAC。Exemplarily, the first core network device may be the access and mobility management function (AMF), the access network device will obtain the information of the ground gateway, fill in the TAC, and request the connection establishment from the interface Report to AMF. Among them, the connection establishment request includes TAC.
S2102、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。S2102. The first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
其中,连接建立响应可以携带AMF的编号,比如,连接建立响应携带AMF1。或者,连接建立响应还可以携带AMF的名称。Among them, the connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF1. Alternatively, the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
S2103、第一核心网设备存储第一服务网关和接入网设备之间的对应关系。S2103. The first core network device stores the correspondence between the first serving gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,第一核心网设备建立并存储服务网关GW1和接入网设备之间的对应关系,记为第二对应关系。Exemplarily, the first core network device establishes and stores the corresponding relationship between the serving gateway GW1 and the access network device, which is recorded as the second corresponding relationship.
S2104、接入网设备发送广播消息。S2104. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息。例如,广播消息中包括TAC,TAC包括服务网关的信息。参见图21,接入网设备通过GW1接入第一核心网设备,即当前服务网关为GW1,因此,广播消息比如可以包括GW1-ID。此时的终端是处于地面网关GW1的服务区域内的终端。Among them, the broadcast message includes the service gateway information. For example, the broadcast message includes TAC, and TAC includes service gateway information. Referring to FIG. 21, the access network device accesses the first core network device through GW1, that is, the current serving gateway is GW1. Therefore, the broadcast message may include GW1-ID, for example. The terminal at this time is a terminal in the service area of the ground gateway GW1.
示例性的,第一核心网设备所发送的广播消息包括系统信息块(system information block,SIB),在SIB中携带服务网关的信息GW1-ID。Exemplarily, the broadcast message sent by the first core network device includes a system information block (system information block, SIB), and the SIB carries the information GW1-ID of the serving gateway.
可选的,当接入网设备检测到其他地面网关的信号时,可以基于该地面网关信号和当前服务网关(即第一服务网关)的信号质量,确定是否进行服务网关切换,具体的,本申请实施例的通信方法还可以包括如下S2105至S2107:Optionally, when the access network device detects signals from other terrestrial gateways, it can determine whether to perform serving gateway switching based on the terrestrial gateway signal and the signal quality of the current serving gateway (that is, the first serving gateway). The communication method of the application embodiment may further include the following S2105 to S2107:
(可选的)S2105、接入网设备获取地面网关GW2的ID。(Optional) S2105. The access network device obtains the ID of the ground gateway GW2.
(可选的)S2106、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送连接建立请求。(Optional) S2106. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
其中,第二核心网设备为地面网关GW2所连接的核心网设备,连接请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第二核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括地面网关GW2的ID(GW2-ID)。The second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the second core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW2 ( GW2-ID).
(可选的)S2107、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。(Optional) S2107. The second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
示例性的,连接建立响应包括AMF2。Exemplarily, the connection establishment response includes AMF2.
可选的,当接入网设备判断地面网关GW2的信号质量满足服务网关的切换条件,则执行S2108至S2112:Optionally, when the access network device determines that the signal quality of the ground gateway GW2 meets the handover condition of the serving gateway, S2108 to S2112 are executed:
(可选的)S2108、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送切换请求。(Optional) S2108. The access network device sends a handover request to the second core network device.
其中,切换请求用于请求将服务网关从第一服务网关(GW1)切换至第二服务网关(GW2),切换请求包括第二服务网关的标识(GW2-ID)。可选的,切换请求包括接入网设备的标识(gNB-ID)。Wherein, the switching request is used to request to switch the serving gateway from the first serving gateway (GW1) to the second serving gateway (GW2), and the switching request includes the identification (GW2-ID) of the second serving gateway. Optionally, the handover request includes the identification (gNB-ID) of the access network device.
(可选的)S2109、第二核心网设备向第一核心网设备发送切换请求。(Optional) S2109. The second core network device sends a handover request to the first core network device.
其中,切换请求用于请求将接入网设备的服务网关从第一服务网关(GW1)切换至第二服务网关(GW2)。Wherein, the handover request is used to request to switch the serving gateway of the access network device from the first serving gateway (GW1) to the second serving gateway (GW2).
(可选的)S2110、第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送切换确认消息。(Optional) S2110. The first core network device sends a handover confirmation message to the second core network device.
相应的,第二核心网设备从第一核心网设备接收切换确认消息。Correspondingly, the second core network device receives the handover confirmation message from the first core network device.
S2111、第二核心网设备更新服务网关和接入网设备之间的对应关系。S2111. The second core network device updates the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,将服务网关GW2替换服务网关GW1,建立并存储服务网关GW2和接入网设备之间的第二对应关系。Exemplarily, the serving gateway GW2 is replaced with the serving gateway GW1, and the second correspondence between the serving gateway GW2 and the access network device is established and stored.
S2112、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送切换响应。S2112. The second core network device sends a handover response to the access network device.
作为一种可能的实现方式,切换响应包括第二服务网关的信息,比如GW2-ID。As a possible implementation manner, the handover response includes information of the second serving gateway, such as GW2-ID.
在本申请实施例中,对于S2111的执行实际不进行限制。第二核心网设备可以在接收到切换请求(即S2108)后执行S2111,也可以在S2109或S2110或S2112后执行S2111,或者在其他时机执行S2111。In the embodiment of the present application, the execution of S2111 is not actually limited. The second core network device may execute S2111 after receiving the handover request (ie, S2108), or execute S2111 after S2109, S2110, or S2112, or execute S2111 at other times.
S2113、接入网设备发送广播消息。S2113. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息,即GW2-ID。此时的终端是处于服务网关GW2的服务区域内的终端。Among them, the broadcast message includes the information of the serving gateway, namely GW2-ID. The terminal at this time is a terminal in the service area of the serving gateway GW2.
可以理解的是,当接入网设备接收到更新后的服务网关信息之后,可以广播更新的服 务网关信息。如此,终端能够通过广播控制信道(broadcast control channel,BCCH)解析出广播消息,进而准确的获知跟踪区域信息,提升TAU的准确性。It is understandable that after the access network device receives the updated service gateway information, it can broadcast the updated service gateway information. In this way, the terminal can parse out the broadcast message through the broadcast control channel (BCCH), thereby accurately learning the tracking area information, and improving the accuracy of the TAU.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,接入网设备能够从星历表中获取地面网关的信息,进而对终端的位置进行连接。参照图22,具体实现过程如下:As a second possible implementation manner, the access network device can obtain the information of the terrestrial gateway from the ephemeris, and then connect the location of the terminal. Referring to Figure 22, the specific implementation process is as follows:
S2200、接入网设备从星历表中获取地面网关的信息。S2200. The access network device obtains the information of the ground gateway from the ephemeris.
示例性的,接入网设备从星历表中读取到即将从AMF连接的所有地面网关(如地面网关GW1和地面网关GW2)信息。Exemplarily, the access network device reads the information of all ground gateways (such as ground gateway GW1 and ground gateway GW2) that will be connected from the AMF from the ephemeris.
S2201、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求。S2201. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
其中,第一核心网设备为地面网关GW1和GW2所连接的核心网设备,连接请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括地面网关GW1和GW2的ID(比如1-GW1-ID和1-GW2-ID)。The first core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateways GW1 and GW2, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ground gateway GW1 and ID of GW2 (such as 1-GW1-ID and 1-GW2-ID).
示例性的,第一核心网设备可以为AMF。接入网设备从星历表中获取到的地面网关,作为与该AMF连接期间的服务网关。接入网设备将所有地面网关(如地面网关GW1和地面网关GW2)的信息,填入TAC,从接口上报给AMF,以告知与该AMF连接期间的所有TAC信息。Exemplarily, the first core network device may be AMF. The ground gateway obtained by the access network device from the ephemeris serves as the service gateway during the connection with the AMF. The access network equipment fills in the information of all the ground gateways (such as the ground gateway GW1 and the ground gateway GW2) into the TAC, and reports it to the AMF from the interface to inform all the TAC information during the connection with the AMF.
S2202、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。S2202. The first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
其中,连接建立响应可以携带AMF的编号,比如,连接建立响应携带AMF1。或者,连接建立响应还可以携带AMF的名称。Among them, the connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF1. Alternatively, the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
S2203、第一核心网设备存储服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。S2203. The first core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,第一核心网设备存储服务网关(1-GW1和1-GW2)分别与接入网设备之间的对应关系,记为第二对应关系。Exemplarily, the corresponding relationship between the first core network device storage service gateway (1-GW1 and 1-GW2) and the access network device is recorded as the second corresponding relationship.
S2204、接入网设备确定服务网关。S2204. The access network device determines the service gateway.
示例性的,接入网设备判断所连接地面网关GW1的信号强度大于所连接地面网关GW2的信号强度,选取地面网关GW1为服务网关。Exemplarily, the access network device determines that the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW1 is greater than the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW2, and selects the ground gateway GW1 as the serving gateway.
S2205、接入网设备发送广播消息。S2205. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息。当前服务网关为第一核心网设备的地面网关GW1,因此,广播消息比如可以包括1-GW1-ID。Among them, the broadcast message includes the service gateway information. The current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW1-ID, for example.
S2206、接入网设备确定服务网关。S2206. The access network device determines the service gateway.
示例性的,接入网设备判断所连接地面网关GW2的信号强度大于所连接地面网关GW1的信号强度,选取地面网关GW2为服务网关。Exemplarily, the access network device determines that the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW2 is greater than the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW1, and selects the ground gateway GW2 as the serving gateway.
S2207、接入网设备发送广播消息。S2207. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括当前服务网关的信息。当前服务网关为第一核心网设备的地面网关GW2,因此,广播消息比如可以包括1-GW2-ID。Among them, the broadcast message includes the current service gateway information. The current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW2 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW2-ID, for example.
需要说明的是,接入网设备在空中移动时,不同时段可能处于不同核心网设备的覆盖区域,为了保证接入网设备与相应核心网设备建立连接,需获取相应核心网设备的地面网关的信息。可选的,接入网设备基于星历表,获取到另一核心网设备,如第二核心网设备所连接的地面网关的信息,例如,2-GW1。其中,“2-”表示第二核心网设备,“GW1”表示第二核心网设备所连接的地面网关。It should be noted that when the access network equipment moves in the air, it may be in the coverage area of different core network equipment at different times. In order to ensure that the access network equipment establishes a connection with the corresponding core network equipment, it is necessary to obtain the ground gateway information of the corresponding core network equipment. information. Optionally, the access network device obtains information of another core network device, such as a ground gateway connected to the second core network device, for example, 2-GW1 based on the ephemeris. Among them, "2-" indicates the second core network device, and "GW1" indicates the ground gateway to which the second core network device is connected.
在获取到第二核心网设备的地面网关的信息之后,可选的,接入网设备可以基于地面 网关的信息与核心网设备建立连接,即本申请实施例的通信方法还可以包括如下S2208至S2210:After acquiring the information of the ground gateway of the second core network device, optionally, the access network device may establish a connection with the core network device based on the information of the ground gateway, that is, the communication method of the embodiment of the present application may further include the following S2208 to S2210:
(可选的)S2208、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送连接建立请求。(Optional) S2208. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
其中,第二核心网设备为地面网关GW2所连接的核心网设备,连接请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第二核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括地面网关GW1的ID(比如2-GW1-ID)。The second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the second core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1 ( For example, 2-GW1-ID).
示例性的,第二核心网设备可以为AMF。接入网设备从星历表中获取到的地面网关,作为与该AMF连接期间的服务网关。接入网设备将所有地面网关(如地面网关GW1)的信息,填入TAC,从接口上报给AMF,以告知与该AMF连接期间的所有TAC信息。Exemplarily, the second core network device may be AMF. The ground gateway obtained by the access network device from the ephemeris serves as the service gateway during the connection with the AMF. The access network device fills the information of all ground gateways (such as the ground gateway GW1) into the TAC, and reports it to the AMF from the interface to inform all the TAC information during the connection with the AMF.
(可选的)S2209、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。(Optional) S2209. The second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
其中,连接建立响应可以携带AMF的编号,比如,连接建立响应携带AMF2。或者,连接建立响应还可以携带AMF的名称。Among them, the connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF2. Alternatively, the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
(可选的)S2210、第二核心网设备存储服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。(Optional) S2210: The second core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,第二核心网设备存储服务网关(2-GW1)与接入网设备之间的第二对应关系。Exemplarily, the second core network device stores the second correspondence between the service gateway (2-GW1) and the access network device.
(可选的)S2211、接入网设备确定服务网关。(Optional) S2211, the access network device determines the serving gateway.
示例性的,接入网设备判断所连接第二核心网设备的地面网关(2-GW1)的信号强度大于服务网关(1-GW2)的信号强度,选取第二核心网设备的地面网关(2-GW1)为服务网关。Exemplarily, the access network device determines that the signal strength of the ground gateway (2-GW1) of the connected second core network device is greater than the signal strength of the service gateway (1-GW2), and selects the ground gateway (2 -GW1) is the service gateway.
(可选的)S2212、接入网设备发送广播消息。(Optional) S2212. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息。当前服务网关为第二核心网设备的地面网关GW1,因此,广播消息比如可以包括2-GW1-ID。Among them, the broadcast message includes the service gateway information. The current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 2-GW1-ID, for example.
S2213、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接断开请求。S2213. The access network device sends a connection disconnection request to the first core network device.
相应的,第一核心网设备接收来自接入网设备的连接断开请求。Correspondingly, the first core network device receives the connection disconnect request from the access network device.
其中,释放请求用于请求断开接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接。The release request is used to request to disconnect the communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device.
S2214、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接断开响应。S2214. The first core network device sends a disconnection response to the access network device.
可选的,第一核心网设备可以先向接入网设备发送连接断开响应,再断开与接入网设备之间的通信连接,也可以先断开与接入网设备之间的通信连接,再向接入网设备发送连接断开响应,本申请实施例通信方法对第一核心网设备发送连接断开响应,以及断开与接入网设备之间的通信连接的执行顺序不作限定。Optionally, the first core network device may first send a connection disconnection response to the access network device, and then disconnect the communication connection with the access network device, or first disconnect the communication with the access network device Connect, and then send a connection disconnection response to the access network device. The communication method in this embodiment of the present application does not limit the execution sequence of the first core network device sending the connection disconnection response and disconnecting the communication connection with the access network device. .
图22中,在较短的一段时间内,接入网设备可能处于某一地面网关(如1-GW1)的覆盖范围内,接入网设备与网关1-GW1连接,并通过该网关1-GW1与第一核心网设备进行信息交互,此时,网关1-GW1是唯一与接入网设备连接的网关,则该网关1-GW1为接入网设备的服务网关,这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2200-S2205、S2213、S2214。在较长的一段时间内,接入网设备可能会跨地面网关,即处在不同地面网关的覆盖范围内,比如,之前在网关1-GW1的覆盖范围内,之后,接入网设备处于网关1-GW2的覆盖范围内,此时,基于服务网关确定步骤,网关1-GW2为接入网设备的服务网关,并通过该网关1-GW2与第一核心网设备进行信息交互。这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2200-S2207、S2213、S2214。在更长的一段时间内,接入网设备仍会跨地面网关,比如,之前在网关1-GW2 的覆盖范围内,之后,接入网设备处于网关2-GW1的覆盖范围内,此时,基于服务网关确定步骤,网关2-GW1为接入网设备的服务网关,并通过该网关2-GW1与第二核心网设备进行信息交互。这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2200-S2214。意味着,接入网设备先与第一核心网设备连接,并将第一核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关,之后,由于接入网设备在空中的位置发生变化,其与第二核心网设备连接,并将第二核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关。In Figure 22, in a short period of time, the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as 1-GW1). The access network equipment is connected to the gateway 1-GW1 and passes through the gateway 1-GW1. GW1 exchanges information with the first core network device. At this time, the gateway 1-GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway 1-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device. In this case, this The communication method of the application embodiment includes S2200-S2205, S2213, and S2214. For a long period of time, the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateway, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways. For example, before the coverage of gateway 1-GW1, the access network equipment will be in the gateway Within the coverage of 1-GW2, at this time, based on the step of determining the serving gateway, the gateway 1-GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the first core network device through the gateway 1-GW2. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of the application includes S2200-S2207, S2213, and S2214. For a longer period of time, the access network equipment will still cross the terrestrial gateway, for example, before the gateway 1-GW2 coverage, later, the access network equipment will be within the gateway 2-GW1 coverage. At this time, Based on the step of determining the serving gateway, the gateway 2-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway 2-GW1. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes S2200-S2214. This means that the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway. After that, due to the change in the position of the access network device in the air, it is connected to the second core network device. The equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
作为第三种可能的实现方式,接入网设备能够从地面网关的同步信号中获取地面网关的信息,进而对终端的位置进行管理。参照图23,具体实现过程如下:As a third possible implementation manner, the access network device can obtain the information of the ground gateway from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway, and then manage the location of the terminal. Referring to Figure 23, the specific implementation process is as follows:
S2300、接入网设备从检测到的地面网关同步信号中获取地面网关的信息。S2300. The access network device obtains ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
示例性的,接入网设备所检测到的地面网关的同步信号中获取到GW1这一个地面网关的信息。接入网设备仅能够获取到GW1这一个地面网关的信息,此时,将地面网关GW1作为服务网关。Exemplarily, the information of the ground gateway GW1 is acquired from the synchronization signal of the ground gateway detected by the access network device. The access network device can only obtain the information of the ground gateway GW1, and at this time, the ground gateway GW1 is used as the serving gateway.
S2301、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求。S2301. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
其中,第一核心网设备为地面网关GW1所连接的核心网设备,连接请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括地面网关GW1的ID,比如1-GW1-ID。其中,“1-”表示第一核心网设备,“GW1”表示地面网关,1-GW1-ID表示地面网关GW1与第一核心网设备连接。The first core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW1, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1, For example, 1-GW1-ID. Among them, "1-" indicates the first core network device, "GW1" indicates the ground gateway, and 1-GW1-ID indicates that the ground gateway GW1 is connected to the first core network device.
示例性的,第一核心网设备可以为AMF。接入网设备从同步信号中获取到的地面网关的信息。接入网设备将该地面网关(如地面网关GW1)的信息,填入TAC,从接口上报给AMF。Exemplarily, the first core network device may be AMF. The information of the ground gateway obtained by the access network equipment from the synchronization signal. The access network device fills the information of the ground gateway (such as the ground gateway GW1) into the TAC, and reports it to the AMF through the interface.
S2302、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。S2302. The first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
其中,连接建立响应可以携带AMF的编号,比如,连接建立响应携带AMF1。或者,连接建立响应还可以携带AMF的名称。Among them, the connection establishment response may carry the AMF number, for example, the connection establishment response carries AMF1. Alternatively, the connection establishment response may also carry the name of the AMF.
S2303、第一核心网设备存储服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。S2303. The first core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,第一核心网设备存储服务网关(1-GW1)与接入网设备之间的对应关系,记为第二对应关系。Exemplarily, the first core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway (1-GW1) and the access network device, which is recorded as the second correspondence.
S2304、接入网设备确定服务网关。S2304. The access network device determines the service gateway.
示例性的,接入网设备判断所连接地面网关数量是一个,则将该地面网关GW1作为服务网关。Exemplarily, the access network device determines that the number of connected ground gateways is one, and uses the ground gateway GW1 as the serving gateway.
S2305、接入网设备发送广播消息。S2305. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息。当前服务网关为第一核心网设备的地面网关GW1,因此,广播消息比如可以包括1-GW1-ID。Among them, the broadcast message includes the service gateway information. The current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW1-ID, for example.
可选的,随着接入网设备的移动,接入网设备检测到第一核心网设备所连接的地面网关GW2的信号,如1-GW2。其中,“1-”表示第一核心网设备,“GW2”表示地面网关。Optionally, as the access network device moves, the access network device detects the signal of the ground gateway GW2 connected to the first core network device, such as 1-GW2. Among them, "1-" represents the first core network device, and "GW2" represents the ground gateway.
(可选的)S2306、接入网设备确定服务网关。(Optional) S2306. The access network device determines the service gateway.
示例性的,接入网设备判断所连接地面网关GW2的信号强度大于所连接地面网关GW1的信号强度,选取地面网关GW2为服务网关。Exemplarily, the access network device determines that the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW2 is greater than the signal strength of the connected ground gateway GW1, and selects the ground gateway GW2 as the serving gateway.
(可选的)S2307、接入网设备发送广播消息。(Optional) S2307: The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息。当前服务网关为第一核心网设备的地面网关 GW2,因此,广播消息比如可以包括1-GW2-ID。Among them, the broadcast message includes the service gateway information. The current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW2 of the first core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 1-GW2-ID, for example.
(可选的)S2308、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送TA更新请求。(Optional) S2308. The access network device sends a TA update request to the first core network device.
其中,TA更新请求包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关(1-GW2-ID)的信息,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关(1-GW2-ID)的信息与接入网设备的第二对应关系。Among them, the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the serving gateway (1-GW2-ID), and the TA update request is used to request to update the information of the serving gateway (1-GW2-ID) and the access network. The second correspondence of the device.
(可选的)S2309、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送TA更新响应。(Optional) S2309. The first core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
可选的,随着接入网设备的移动,接入网设备检测到第二核心网设备所连接的地面网关GW1的信号,如2-GW1。其中,“2-”表示第二核心网设备,“GW1”表示地面网关。Optionally, as the access network device moves, the access network device detects the signal of the ground gateway GW1 connected to the second core network device, such as 2-GW1. Among them, "2-" represents the second core network equipment, and "GW1" represents the ground gateway.
(可选的)S2310、第一核心网设备更新服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。(Optional) S2310: The first core network device updates the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,第一核心网设备存储服务网关(1-GW2)与接入网设备之间的第二对应关系。Exemplarily, the first core network device stores the second correspondence between the service gateway (1-GW2) and the access network device.
(可选的)S2311、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送连接建立请求。(Optional) S2311. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
其中,第二核心网设备为地面网关GW1所连接的核心网设备,连接请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第二核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括地面网关GW1的ID(比如2-GW1-ID)。The second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW1, the connection request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the second core network device, and the connection establishment request includes the ID of the ground gateway GW1 ( For example, 2-GW1-ID).
(可选的)S2312、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。(Optional) S2312, the second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
示例性的,连接建立响应包括AMF2。Exemplarily, the connection establishment response includes AMF2.
(可选的)S2313、第二核心网设备存储服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。(Optional) S2313. The second core network device stores the correspondence between the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,第二核心网设备存储地面网关(2-GW1)与接入网设备之间的第二对应关系。Exemplarily, the second core network device stores the second correspondence between the ground gateway (2-GW1) and the access network device.
(可选的)S2314、接入网设备确定服务网关。(Optional) S2314. The access network device determines the service gateway.
示例性的,接入网设备判断所连接第二核心网设备的地面网关GW1的信号强度大于服务网关GW2的信号强度,选取第二核心网设备的地面网关GW1为服务网关。Exemplarily, the access network device determines that the signal strength of the ground gateway GW1 of the connected second core network device is greater than the signal strength of the serving gateway GW2, and selects the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device as the serving gateway.
(可选的)S2315、接入网设备发送广播消息。(Optional) S2315. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息。当前服务网关为第二核心网设备的地面网关GW1,因此,广播消息比如可以包括2-GW1-ID。Among them, the broadcast message includes the service gateway information. The current serving gateway is the ground gateway GW1 of the second core network device. Therefore, the broadcast message may include 2-GW1-ID, for example.
(可选的)S2316、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送TA更新请求。(Optional) S2316. The access network device sends a TA update request to the second core network device.
其中,TA更新请求包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关(2-GW1-ID)的信息,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关(2-GW1-ID)的信息与接入网设备的第二对应关系。Among them, the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area, the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway (2-GW1-ID), and the TA update request is used to request to update the information of the service gateway (2-GW1-ID) and the access network. The second correspondence of the device.
(可选的)S2317、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送TA更新响应。(Optional) S2317. The second core network device sends a TA update response to the access network device.
图23中,在较短的一段时间内,接入网设备可能处于某一地面网关(如1-GW1)的覆盖范围内,接入网设备与网关1-GW1连接,并通过该网关1-GW1与第一核心网设备进行信息交互,此时,网关1-GW1是唯一与接入网设备连接的网关,则该网关1-GW1为接入网设备的服务网关,这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2300-S2305。在较长的一段时间内,接入网设备可能会跨地面网关,即处在不同地面网关的覆盖范围内,比如,之前在网关1-GW1的覆盖范围内,之后,接入网设备处于网关1-GW2的覆盖范围内,此时,基于服务网关确定步骤,网关1-GW2为接入网设备的服务网关,并通过该网关1-GW2与第一核心网设备进行信息交互。这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2300-S2310。在 更长的一段时间内,接入网设备仍会跨地面网关,比如,之前在网关1-GW2的覆盖范围内,之后,接入网设备处于网关2-GW1的覆盖范围内,此时,基于服务网关确定步骤,网关2-GW1为接入网设备的服务网关,并通过该网关2-GW1与第二核心网设备进行信息交互。这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2300-S2317。意味着,接入网设备先与第一核心网设备连接,并将第一核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关,之后,由于接入网设备在空中的位置发生变化,其与第二核心网设备连接,并将第二核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关。In Figure 23, in a short period of time, the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as 1-GW1). The access network equipment is connected to the gateway 1-GW1 and passes through the gateway 1-GW1. GW1 exchanges information with the first core network device. At this time, the gateway 1-GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway 1-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device. In this case, this The communication method of the application embodiment includes S2300-S2305. For a long period of time, the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateway, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways. For example, before the coverage of gateway 1-GW1, the access network equipment will be in the gateway Within the coverage of 1-GW2, at this time, based on the step of determining the serving gateway, the gateway 1-GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the first core network device through the gateway 1-GW2. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2300-S2310. For a longer period of time, the access network equipment will still cross the terrestrial gateway. For example, before it was in the coverage of gateway 1-GW2, after that, the access network equipment was in the coverage of gateway 2-GW1. At this time, Based on the step of determining the serving gateway, the gateway 2-GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway 2-GW1. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2300-S2317. This means that the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway. After that, due to the change in the position of the access network device in the air, it is connected to the second core network device. The equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
下面,再以服务网关的信息和子区域(地面网关覆盖区域的部分区域)的信息,来综合确定跟踪区域的信息,对本申请通信方法进行详细描述。Below, the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area (part of the area covered by the ground gateway) are used to comprehensively determine the information of the tracking area, and the communication method of the present application is described in detail.
作为第一种可能的实现方式,参照图24,具体实现过程如下:As the first possible implementation, referring to Figure 24, the specific implementation process is as follows:
S2400、接入网设备获取服务网关GW1的子区域的信息和子区域对应的时间段。S2400. The access network device obtains the information of the sub-area of the serving gateway GW1 and the time period corresponding to the sub-area.
示例性的,接入网设备通过配置信息,如星历表,将当前的服务网关所对应的时间段进行划分,不同子时段对应不同的子区域。Exemplarily, the access network device divides the time period corresponding to the current service gateway through configuration information, such as an ephemeris, and different sub-periods correspond to different sub-areas.
S2401、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求。S2401. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
例如:第一核心网设备为服务网关GW1对应的核心网设备,GW1-1-ID表示服务网关GW1覆盖区域的子区域一对应的标识,GW1-2-ID表示服务网关GW1覆盖区域的子区域二对应的标识。此时,连接建立请求具体可以包括:GW1-1-ID,30min;GW1-2-ID,30min。For example: the first core network device is the core network device corresponding to the serving gateway GW1, GW1-1-ID represents the identification corresponding to the sub-area of the serving gateway GW1 coverage area, and GW1-2-ID represents the sub-area of the serving gateway GW1 coverage area 2. Corresponding identification. At this time, the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW1-1-ID, 30min; GW1-2-ID, 30min.
示例性的,第一核心网设备可以是接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),接入网设备将获取到服务网关的子区域的信息,填入TAC,从接口将连接建立请求上报给AMF。其中,连接建立请求包括TAC。Exemplarily, the first core network device may be the access and mobility management function (AMF). The access network device will obtain the sub-area information of the serving gateway, fill in the TAC, and connect from the interface The establishment request is reported to AMF. Among them, the connection establishment request includes TAC.
S2402、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。S2402. The first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
示例性的,连接建立响应包括AMF2。Exemplarily, the connection establishment response includes AMF2.
S2403、第一核心网设备存储服务网关的信息、子区域的信息、子区域对应的时间段和接入网设备之间的对应关系,记为第四对应关系。S2403. The first core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the subarea, the corresponding relationship between the time period corresponding to the subarea, and the access network device, which is recorded as the fourth corresponding relationship.
示例性的,第一核心网设备建立并存储“GW1-1-ID,30min;GW1-2-ID,30min”和接入网设备之间的对应关系。Exemplarily, the first core network device establishes and stores the correspondence between "GW1-1-ID, 30min; GW1-2-ID, 30min" and the access network device.
S2404、接入网设备发送广播消息。S2404. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息和子区域的信息。Among them, the broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
示例性的,在10:00~10:30这一时间段,采用SIB1携带服务网关的信息GW1-1-ID,发送携带有GW1-1-ID的广播消息。在10:30~11:00这一时间段,采用SIB1携带服务网关的信息GW1-2-ID,发送携带有GW1-2-ID的广播消息。Exemplarily, in the time period from 10:00 to 10:30, SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-1-ID of the serving gateway, and the broadcast message carrying the GW1-1-ID is sent. In the time period from 10:30 to 11:00, SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-2-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying the GW1-2-ID is sent.
可选的,当接入网设备的覆盖区域中存在新的地面网关,如地面网关GW2,接入网设备与新的地面网关之间建立通信连接,执行S2405至S2407:Optionally, when a new ground gateway, such as ground gateway GW2, exists in the coverage area of the access network device, a communication connection is established between the access network device and the new ground gateway, and S2405 to S2407 are performed:
(可选的)S2405、接入网设备获取服务网关GW2的子区域的信息和子区域对应的时间段。(Optional) S2405. The access network device obtains the information of the sub-area of the serving gateway GW2 and the time period corresponding to the sub-area.
(可选的)S2406、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送连接建立请求。(Optional) S2406. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
例如:第二核心网设备为服务网关GW2所连接的核心网设备,GW2-1-ID表示服务网关GW2覆盖区域的子区域一对应的标识,GW2-2-ID表示服务网关GW2覆盖区域的子区域二对应的标识。此时,连接建立请求具体可以包括:GW2-1-ID,20min;GW2-2-ID,20min。For example: the second core network device is the core network device connected to the serving gateway GW2, GW2-1-ID represents the identifier corresponding to the sub-area of the serving gateway GW2 coverage area, and GW2-2-ID represents the sub-area of the serving gateway GW2 coverage area. The identifier corresponding to area two. At this time, the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW2-1-ID, 20min; GW2-2-ID, 20min.
(可选的)S2407、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。(Optional) S2407. The second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
其中,连接建立响应包括AMF2。Among them, the connection establishment response includes AMF2.
可选的,当接入网设备判断新的服务网关GW2的信号质量满足服务网关的切换条件,则执行S2408至S2412:Optionally, when the access network device determines that the signal quality of the new serving gateway GW2 meets the handover condition of the serving gateway, S2408 to S2412 are executed:
(可选的)S2408、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送切换请求。(Optional) S2408. The access network device sends a handover request to the second core network device.
(可选的)S2409、第二核心网设备向第一核心网设备发送切换请求。(Optional) S2409. The second core network device sends a handover request to the first core network device.
其中,切换请求用于请求将接入网设备的服务网关从第一服务网关(GW1)切换至第二服务网关(GW2)。Wherein, the handover request is used to request to switch the serving gateway of the access network device from the first serving gateway (GW1) to the second serving gateway (GW2).
(可选的)S2410、第一核心网设备向第二核心网设备发送切换确认消息。(Optional) S2410. The first core network device sends a handover confirmation message to the second core network device.
相应的,第二核心网设备从第一核心网设备接收切换确认消息。Correspondingly, the second core network device receives the handover confirmation message from the first core network device.
(可选的)S2411、第二核心网设备存储服务网关的信息、子区域的信息、子区域对应的时间段和接入网设备之间的对应关系。(Optional) S2411, the second core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, the time period corresponding to the sub-area, and the correspondence between the access network devices.
示例性的,第二核心网设备建立并存储“GW2-1-ID,20min;GW2-2-ID,20min”和接入网设备之间的第四对应关系。Exemplarily, the second core network device establishes and stores a fourth correspondence between "GW2-1-ID, 20min; GW2-2-ID, 20min" and the access network device.
(可选的)S2412、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送切换响应。(Optional) S2412. The second core network device sends a handover response to the access network device.
在本申请实施例中,对于S2411的执行实际不进行限制。第二核心网设备可以在接收到切换请求(即S2408)后执行S2411,也可以在S2409或S2410或S2412后执行S2411,或者在其他时机执行S2411。In the embodiment of the present application, the execution of S2411 is not actually limited. The second core network device may execute S2411 after receiving the handover request (ie, S2408), or execute S2411 after S2409, S2410 or S2412, or execute S2411 at other times.
(可选的)S2413、接入网设备发送广播消息。(Optional) S2413. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中还包括子区域的信息,即GW2-1-ID、GW2-2-ID。Among them, the broadcast message also includes the information of the sub-area, namely GW2-1-ID, GW2-2-ID.
可以理解的是,当接入网设备接收到更新后的服务网关信息之后,可以基于更新的服务网关信息广播跟踪区域信息。例如,在11:00~11:20这一时间段,发送携带有GW2-1-ID的广播消息。在11:20~11:40这一时间段,发送携带有GW2-2-ID的广播消息。如此,终端能够通过广播控制信道(broadcast control channel,BCCH)解析出广播消息,进而准确的获知跟踪区域信息,提升TAU的准确性。It is understandable that after the access network device receives the updated service gateway information, it can broadcast tracking area information based on the updated service gateway information. For example, in the time period of 11:00-11:20, a broadcast message carrying GW2-1-ID is sent. In the time period from 11:20 to 11:40, a broadcast message carrying GW2-2-ID is sent. In this way, the terminal can parse out the broadcast message through the broadcast control channel (BCCH), thereby accurately learning the tracking area information, and improving the accuracy of the TAU.
图24中,在较短的一段时间内,接入网设备可能处于某一地面网关(如GW1)的覆盖范围内,接入网设备与网关GW1连接,并通过该网关GW1与第一核心网设备进行信息交互,此时,网关GW1是唯一与接入网设备连接的网关,则该网关GW1为接入网设备的服务网关,这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2400-S2404。在较长的一段时间内,接入网设备可能会跨地面网关,即处在不同地面网关的覆盖范围内,比如,之前在网关GW1的覆盖范围内,之后,接入网设备处于网关GW2的覆盖范围内,此时,基于服务网关确定步骤,网关GW2为接入网设备的服务网关,并通过该网关GW2与第二核心网设备进行信息交互。这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2400-S2413。意味着,接入网设备先与第一核心网设备连接,并将第一核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关,之后,由于接入网设备在空中的位置发生变化,其与第二核心网设备连接,并将第二核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关。In Figure 24, in a short period of time, the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as GW1), and the access network equipment is connected to the gateway GW1 and connects to the first core network through the gateway GW1. The device performs information exchange. At this time, the gateway GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of the application includes S2400-S2404 . For a long period of time, the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateways, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways. For example, the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW1 before, and then the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW2. Within the coverage area, at this time, based on the serving gateway determination step, the gateway GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway GW2. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2400-S2413. This means that the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway. After that, due to the change in the position of the access network device in the air, it is connected to the second core network device. The equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,参照图25,具体实现过程如下:As the second possible implementation manner, referring to Figure 25, the specific implementation process is as follows:
S2500、接入网设备获取服务网关的信息、子区域的信息和时间段的信息。S2500. The access network device obtains the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, and the information of the time period.
示例性的,接入网设备通过配置信息,如星历表,获取到服务网关GW1覆盖区域的各 个子区域,以及各个子区域对应的时间段。Exemplarily, the access network device obtains each sub-area of the coverage area of the serving gateway GW1 and the time period corresponding to each sub-area through configuration information, such as an ephemeris.
S2501、接入网设备向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求。S2501. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the first core network device.
例如:第一核心网设备为服务网关GW1所连接的核心网设备,GW1-1-ID表示服务网关GW1覆盖区域的子区域一对应的标识,GW1-2-ID表示服务网关GW1覆盖区域的子区域二对应的标识。此时,连接建立请求具体可以包括:GW1-1-ID,开始时间:10:00,持续时间:30min;GW1-2-ID,开始时间:10:30,持续时间:30min。For example: the first core network device is the core network device connected to the serving gateway GW1, GW1-1-ID represents the identifier corresponding to the sub-area covered by the serving gateway GW1, and GW1-2-ID represents the sub-area covered by the serving gateway GW1. The identifier corresponding to area two. At this time, the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW1-1-ID, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min; GW1-2-ID, start time: 10:30, duration: 30min.
示例性的,第一核心网设备可以是接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),接入网设备将获取到服务网关的子区域的信息,填入TAC,从接口将连接建立请求上报给AMF。其中,连接建立请求包括TAC。Exemplarily, the first core network device may be the access and mobility management function (AMF). The access network device will obtain the sub-area information of the serving gateway, fill in the TAC, and connect from the interface The establishment request is reported to AMF. Among them, the connection establishment request includes TAC.
S2502、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。S2502. The first core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
示例性的,连接建立响应包括AMF1。Exemplarily, the connection establishment response includes AMF1.
S2503、第一核心网设备存储服务网关的信息、子区域的信息、时间段的信息、子时段的信息和接入网设备之间的对应关系,记为第四对应关系。S2503: The first core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, the information of the time period, the information of the sub-period, and the corresponding relationship between the access network device, which is recorded as the fourth corresponding relationship.
其中,每一时间段对应一个服务网关,一个或多个子时段构成一个时间段,每一子时段对应一个子区域,且属于所构成时间段所对应的服务网关的覆盖区域。Among them, each time period corresponds to a service gateway, one or more sub-periods constitute a time period, and each sub-period corresponds to a sub-area and belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway corresponding to the constituted time period.
示例性的,第一核心网设备存储“GW1-1-ID,开始时间:10:00,持续时间:30min;GW1-2-ID,开始时间:10:30,持续时间:30min”与接入网设备的第四对应关系。Exemplarily, the first core network device stores "GW1-1-ID, start time: 10:00, duration: 30min; GW1-2-ID, start time: 10:30, duration: 30min" and access The fourth corresponding relationship of the network equipment.
S2504、接入网设备发送广播消息。S2504. The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息和子区域的信息。Among them, the broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
示例性的,在10:00~10:30这一时间段,采用SIB1携带服务网关的信息GW1-1-ID,发送携带有GW1-1-ID的广播消息。在10:30~11:00这一时间段,采用SIB1携带服务网关的信息GW1-2-ID,发送携带有GW1-2-ID的广播消息。Exemplarily, in the time period from 10:00 to 10:30, SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-1-ID of the serving gateway, and the broadcast message carrying the GW1-1-ID is sent. In the time period from 10:30 to 11:00, SIB1 is used to carry the information GW1-2-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying the GW1-2-ID is sent.
可选的,随着接入网设备的移动,接入网设备的覆盖区域中存在新的地面网关,如地面网关GW2,第二核心网设备为地面网关GW2所连接的核心网设备。接入网设备与新的地面网关GW2所属的核心网设备之间建立通信连接,执行如下步骤:Optionally, as the access network device moves, there is a new ground gateway in the coverage area of the access network device, such as the ground gateway GW2, and the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2. To establish a communication connection between the access network device and the core network device to which the new ground gateway GW2 belongs, perform the following steps:
(可选的)S2505、接入网设备向第二核心网设备发送连接建立请求。(Optional) S2505. The access network device sends a connection establishment request to the second core network device.
例如:第二核心网设备为地面网关GW2连接的核心网设备,GW2-1-ID表示地面网关GW2覆盖区域的子区域一对应的标识,GW2-2-ID表示地面网关GW2覆盖区域的子区域二对应的标识。此时,连接建立请求具体可以包括:GW2-1-ID,开始时间:11:00,持续时间:20min;GW2-2-ID,开始时间:11:20,持续时间:20min。For example: the second core network device is the core network device connected to the ground gateway GW2, GW2-1-ID represents the identification corresponding to the sub-area of the ground gateway GW2 coverage area, and GW2-2-ID represents the sub-area of the ground gateway GW2 coverage area 2. Corresponding identification. At this time, the connection establishment request may specifically include: GW2-1-ID, start time: 11:00, duration: 20min; GW2-2-ID, start time: 11:20, duration: 20min.
示例性的,第二核心网设备可以是接入和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),接入网设备将获取到服务网关的子区域的信息,填入TAC,从接口将连接建立请求上报给AMF。其中,连接建立请求包括TAC。Exemplarily, the second core network device may be an access and mobility management function (AMF). The access network device will obtain the sub-area information of the serving gateway, fill in the TAC, and connect from the interface The establishment request is reported to AMF. Among them, the connection establishment request includes TAC.
(可选的)S2506、第二核心网设备向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。(Optional) S2506. The second core network device sends a connection establishment response to the access network device.
其中,连接建立响应包括AMF2。Among them, the connection establishment response includes AMF2.
(可选的)S2507、第二核心网设备存储服务网关的信息、子区域的信息、时间段的信息、子时段的信息和接入网设备之间的对应关系。(Optional) S2507: The second core network device stores the information of the service gateway, the information of the sub-area, the information of the time period, the information of the sub-period, and the correspondence between the access network device.
示例性的,第二核心网设备存储“GW2-1-ID,开始时间:11:00,持续时间:20min;GW2-2-ID,开始时间:11:20,持续时间:20min”与接入网设备的第四对应关系。Exemplarily, the second core network device stores "GW2-1-ID, start time: 11:00, duration: 20min; GW2-2-ID, start time: 11:20, duration: 20min" and access The fourth corresponding relationship of the network equipment.
(可选的)S2508、接入网设备按照时间信息切换跟踪区域的信息。(Optional) S2508. The access network device switches the tracking area information according to the time information.
(可选的)S2509、接入网设备发送广播消息。(Optional) S2509: The access network device sends a broadcast message.
其中,广播消息中包括服务网关的信息和子区域的信息。Among them, the broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway and the information of the sub-area.
示例性的,在11:00~11:20这一时间段,采用SIB1携带服务网关的信息GW2-1-ID,发送携带有GW2-1-ID的广播消息。在11:20~11:40这一时间段,采用SIB1携带服务网关的信息GW2-2-ID,发送携带有GW2-2-ID的广播消息。Exemplarily, in the time period of 11:00-11:20, SIB1 is used to carry the information GW2-1-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying GW2-1-ID is sent. In the time period from 11:20 to 11:40, SIB1 is used to carry the information GW2-2-ID of the serving gateway, and a broadcast message carrying the GW2-2-ID is sent.
如此,终端能够通过广播控制信道(broadcast control channel,BCCH)解析出广播消息,进而准确的获知跟踪区域信息,提升TAU的准确性。In this way, the terminal can parse out the broadcast message through the broadcast control channel (BCCH), thereby accurately learning the tracking area information, and improving the accuracy of the TAU.
图25中,在较短的一段时间内,接入网设备可能处于某一地面网关(如GW1)的覆盖范围内,接入网设备与网关GW1连接,并通过该网关GW1与第一核心网设备进行信息交互,此时,网关GW1是唯一与接入网设备连接的网关,则该网关GW1为接入网设备的服务网关,这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2500-S2504。在较长的一段时间内,接入网设备可能会跨地面网关,即处在不同地面网关的覆盖范围内,比如,之前在网关GW1的覆盖范围内,之后,接入网设备处于网关GW2的覆盖范围内,此时,基于服务网关确定步骤,网关GW2为接入网设备的服务网关,并通过该网关GW2与第二核心网设备进行信息交互。这种情况下,本申请实施例的通信方法包括S2500-S2509。意味着,接入网设备先与第一核心网设备连接,并将第一核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关,之后,由于接入网设备在空中的位置发生变化,其与第二核心网设备连接,并将第二核心网设备的地面网关作为服务网关。In Figure 25, in a short period of time, the access network equipment may be within the coverage of a certain terrestrial gateway (such as GW1), and the access network equipment is connected to the gateway GW1 and connects to the first core network through the gateway GW1. The device performs information exchange. At this time, the gateway GW1 is the only gateway connected to the access network device, and the gateway GW1 is the serving gateway of the access network device. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of the present application includes S2500-S2504 . For a long period of time, the access network equipment may cross the terrestrial gateways, that is, within the coverage of different terrestrial gateways. For example, the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW1 before, and then the access network equipment is in the coverage of the gateway GW2. Within the coverage area, at this time, based on the serving gateway determination step, the gateway GW2 is the serving gateway of the access network device, and performs information interaction with the second core network device through the gateway GW2. In this case, the communication method in the embodiment of this application includes S2500-S2509. This means that the access network device is connected to the first core network device first, and the ground gateway of the first core network device is used as the service gateway. After that, due to the change in the position of the access network device in the air, it is connected to the second core network device. The equipment is connected, and the ground gateway of the second core network equipment is used as the service gateway.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信方法,该通信方法应用在对终端进行寻呼(paging)的过程中。参见图26,该通信方法包括如下步骤:The embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which is applied in the process of paging the terminal. Referring to Figure 26, the communication method includes the following steps:
S2600、第一核心网设备确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。S2600. The first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent.
S2601、第一核心网设备向接入网设备发送寻呼消息。S2601. The first core network device sends a paging message to the access network device.
相应的,接入网设备接收来自第一核心网设备的寻呼消息。Correspondingly, the access network device receives the paging message from the first core network device.
其中,接入网设备包括与TA List中的服务网关连接的接入网设备,TA List中包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。Wherein, the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the service gateway in the TA List, the TA List includes the information of the tracking area, and the information of the tracking area includes the information of the service gateway.
S2602、接入网设备广播寻呼消息。S2602. The access network device broadcasts a paging message.
这里,基于TA List中的网关在寻呼时刻(即发送寻呼消息的时刻)所连接的接入网设备覆盖的区域,进行寻呼。相对于现有技术中,在TA List指示的全部小区内发送寻呼消息,由于卫星所广播的跟踪区域的信息始终与服务小区绑定,且卫星时刻相对地面移动,即使终端不产生移动或低速移动,终端也可能会频繁执行TAU,所以,现有技术中,卫星相对于地面移动,其广播的小区也是相对于地面移动的,而现有技术中是以时刻相对地面移动的小区来指示终端所处的位置,精确度差。且由于终端可能频繁执行TAU,致使TA List所包括的小区数量庞大。如此,向TA List的全部小区发送寻呼消息,寻呼范围大,消耗较大的寻呼资源。而本申请实施例提供的通信方法跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,由于网关部署于地面,且网关的位置是固定不变的,即使卫星时刻相对地面移动,且终端低速移动,只要终端未超出网关的覆盖范围,则终端无需执行TAU。由于本申请实施例中降低了终端执行TAU的次数,终端的TA List所包括的服务网关的数量小,也就缩小了寻 呼范围,节省寻呼资源。Here, the paging is performed based on the area covered by the access network device connected to the gateway in the TA List at the paging moment (that is, the moment when the paging message is sent). Compared with the prior art, when paging messages are sent in all the cells indicated by the TA List, the tracking area information broadcast by the satellite is always bound to the serving cell, and the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times, even if the terminal does not move or has low speed Mobile, the terminal may also frequently perform TAU. Therefore, in the prior art, the satellite moves relative to the ground, and its broadcast cell also moves relative to the ground. In the prior art, the cell that moves relative to the ground at all times indicates the terminal. The location is poor in accuracy. And because the terminal may frequently perform TAU, the number of cells included in the TA List is huge. In this way, sending paging messages to all cells in the TA List has a large paging range and consumes relatively large paging resources. However, the tracking area information of the communication method provided by the embodiments of this application includes the information of the serving gateway. Since the gateway is deployed on the ground and the location of the gateway is fixed, even if the satellite moves relative to the ground at all times and the terminal moves at a low speed, as long as the terminal is not Beyond the coverage of the gateway, the terminal does not need to perform TAU. Since the number of times the terminal performs TAU is reduced in the embodiment of the application, the number of serving gateways included in the TA List of the terminal is small, which reduces the paging range and saves paging resources.
需要说明的是,第一核心网设备在向接入网设备发送寻呼消息之前,需要确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。下面,对“第一核心网设备确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备”这一处理过程进行说明:It should be noted that, before the first core network device sends a paging message to the access network device, it needs to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent. The following describes the processing procedure of "the first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent":
作为第一种可能的实现方式,跟踪区域的信息以服务网关为粒度,且第一核心网设备更新第二对应关系,其中,第二对应关系包括服务网关与接入网设备之间的动态对应关系。参见图27,此时,具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:As a first possible implementation manner, the information of the tracking area is granulated with the serving gateway, and the first core network device updates the second correspondence, where the second correspondence includes the dynamic correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device relationship. Referring to Figure 27, at this time, the specific implementation process may include the following steps:
S271、第一核心网设备根据更新的第二对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。S271. The first core network device determines, according to the updated second correspondence, the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent.
其中,第二对应关系包括服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。The second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
示例性的,TA List中所包括的服务网关的信息包括:GW1、GW2。实时更新的第二对应关系包括:GW1-gNB1;GW2-gNB2;GW3-gNB3。其中,“GW1-gNB1”表示从某一时刻(如t1时刻)至当前网关GW1为接入网设备gNB1提供服务,“GW2-gNB2”表示从某一时刻(如t1时刻)至当前网关GW2为接入网设备gNB2提供服务,“GW3-gNB3”表示从某一时刻(如t1时刻)至当前网关GW3为接入网设备gNB3提供服务。第一核心网设备基于“GW1-gNB1”这一动态对应关系,即可确定当前时刻TA List中服务网关GW1所连接的接入网设备是gNB1,基于“GW2-gNB2”这一动态对应关系,即可确定当前时刻TA List中服务网关GW2所连接的接入网设备是gNB2。而当期时刻即为需要发送寻呼消息对的时刻。Exemplarily, the information of the serving gateway included in the TA List includes: GW1 and GW2. The second corresponding relationship updated in real time includes: GW1-gNB1; GW2-gNB2; GW3-gNB3. Among them, "GW1-gNB1" means that from a certain time (such as t1) to the current gateway GW1 to provide services for the access network device gNB1, "GW2-gNB2" means that from a certain time (such as t1) to the current gateway GW2 The access network device gNB2 provides services, and "GW3-gNB3" indicates that from a certain time (such as time t1) to the current gateway GW3, the access network device gNB3 provides services. Based on the dynamic correspondence of “GW1-gNB1”, the first core network device can determine that the access network device connected to the serving gateway GW1 in the TA List at the current moment is gNB1. Based on the dynamic correspondence of “GW2-gNB2”, It can be determined that the access network device connected to the serving gateway GW2 in the TA List at the current moment is gNB2. The current moment is the moment when the pair of paging messages needs to be sent.
如此,第一核心网设备基于实时更新的第二对应关系(服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系),即可确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,以便于通过TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备发送寻呼消息。In this way, the first core network device can determine the access network to which the serving gateway in the TA List is connected at the time the paging message is sent based on the second correspondence (the correspondence between the serving gateway and the access network device) updated in real time. Device, so as to send paging messages through the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,跟踪区域的信息仍以服务网关为粒度,第一核心网设备基于第三对应关系确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,其中,第三对应关系包括时间段的信息、接入网设备与服务网关的之间的对应关系。参见图28,此时,具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:As a second possible implementation manner, the tracking area information still uses the serving gateway as the granularity, and the first core network device determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent based on the third correspondence. Wherein, the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway. Referring to Figure 28, at this time, the specific implementation process may include the following steps:
S281、第一核心网设备根据第三对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。S281: The first core network device determines, according to the third correspondence, the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent.
其中,第三对应关系包括时间段的信息、接入网设备与服务网关的之间的对应关系,第三对应关系用以指示:在不同的时间段,接入网设备连接的服务网关。Wherein, the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway, and the third correspondence is used to indicate the service gateway to which the access network device is connected in different time periods.
示例性的,TA List中的服务网关的信息包括:GW1、GW2。Exemplarily, the information of the serving gateway in the TA List includes: GW1 and GW2.
星历表中的第三对应关系可以包括:The third correspondence in the ephemeris table may include:
GW1-gNB1、10:00~10:30;GW1-gNB2、10:30~11:00;GW1-gNB1, 10:00~10:30; GW1-gNB2, 10:30~11:00;
GW2-gNB2、10:00~10:30;GW2-gNB3、10:30~11:00。GW2-gNB2, 10:00~10:30; GW2-gNB3, 10:30~11:00.
其中,“GW1-gNB1、10:00~10:30”表示在“10:00~10:30”这一时段,网关GW1为接入网设备gNB1提供服务;Among them, "GW1-gNB1, 10:00-10:30" means that during the period of "10:00-10:30", the gateway GW1 provides services for the access network device gNB1;
“GW1-gNB2、10:30~11:00”表示在“10:30~11:00”这一时段,网关GW1正在为接入网设备gNB2提供服务;"GW1-gNB2, 10:30~11:00" means that in the period of "10:30~11:00", the gateway GW1 is providing services for the access network device gNB2;
“GW2-gNB2、10:00~10:30”表示在“10:00~10:30”这一时段,网关GW2正在为接入网设备gNB2提供服务;"GW2-gNB2, 10:00~10:30" means that during the period of "10:00~10:30", the gateway GW2 is providing services for the access network device gNB2;
“GW2-gNB3、10:30~11:00”表示在“10:30~11:00”这一时段,网关GW2正在为接入网设备gNB3提供服务。"GW2-gNB3, 10:30~11:00" means that in the period of "10:30~11:00", the gateway GW2 is providing services for the access network device gNB3.
若发送寻呼消息的时刻为10:45,第一核心网设备基于星历表中“GW1-gNB2、10:30~11:00”这一对应关系,即可确定在发送寻呼消息时刻TA List中GW1所连接的接入网设备是gNB2;基于星历表中“GW2-gNB3、10:30~11:00”这一对应关系,即可确定TA List中GW2所连接的接入网设备是gNB3。If the time of sending the paging message is 10:45, the first core network device can determine the TA at the time of sending the paging message based on the corresponding relationship of "GW1-gNB2, 10:30~11:00" in the ephemeris. The access network device connected to GW1 in the List is gNB2; based on the corresponding relationship of "GW2-gNB3, 10:30~11:00" in the ephemeris, the access network device connected to GW2 in the TA List can be determined It is gNB3.
如此,第一核心网设备根据第三对应关系(时间段的信息、接入网设备与服务网关的之间的对应关系),来确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,以便于通过TA List中服务网关所连接的接入网设备发送寻呼消息。In this way, the first core network device determines the connection to which the serving gateway in the TA List is connected at the time the paging message is sent according to the third correspondence (time period information, the correspondence between the access network device and the serving gateway). Access network equipment, so as to send paging messages through the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the TA List.
作为第三种可能的实现方式,对于以服务网关的子区域为粒度的跟踪区域的信息,TA List中的跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息。第一核心网设备从接入网设备中所接收到的连接建立请求包括服务网关的信息和子区域的信息,第一核心网设备依据接收到的连接建立请求,实时更新服务网关、服务网关的子区域与接入网设备之间的第四对应关系,以便于在对终端寻呼过程中,确定需要发送寻呼消息的接入网设备,参见图29,其具体实现过程可以包括如下步骤:As a third possible implementation manner, for the tracking area information whose granularity is the sub-area of the serving gateway, the tracking area information in the TA List also includes the sub-area information. The connection establishment request received by the first core network device from the access network device includes the information of the serving gateway and the information of the sub-area. The first core network device updates the sub-regions of the serving gateway and the serving gateway in real time according to the received connection establishment request. The fourth correspondence between the area and the access network device is to facilitate the determination of the access network device that needs to send the paging message during the paging process of the terminal. See Figure 29. The specific implementation process may include the following steps:
S291、第一核心网设备根据第四对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的子区域所对应的接入网设备。S291. The first core network device determines the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent according to the fourth correspondence.
其中,第四对应关系包括子时段的信息、接入网设备和子区域的信息之间的对应关系,一个或多个子时段构成一个时间段,所构成的一个时间段对应一个服务网关。每一子时段对应一个子区域,某一子区域属于某一服务网关的覆盖区域,且该服务网关为该子时段所构成时间段所对应的服务网关。第四对应关系用以指示:在不同的子时段,接入网设备对应的子区域。The fourth correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network device and the information of the sub-area. One or more sub-periods constitute a period of time, and the constituted period of time corresponds to a service gateway. Each sub-period corresponds to a sub-area, a certain sub-area belongs to the coverage area of a certain service gateway, and the service gateway is the service gateway corresponding to the time period constituted by the sub-period. The fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the corresponding sub-regions of the access network device.
这里,由于TA List中的区域信息包括:网关覆盖区域的子区域,第一核心网设备依据TA List中的子区域信息,来确定寻呼消息的发送区域,能够缩小寻呼范围,节省寻呼资源。比如,参照图30,在图30中,右半部分的虚线椭圆区域为子区域1(记为“-1”),左半部分的虚线椭圆区域为子区域2(记为“-2”)。若接入网设备所广播的跟踪区域的信息包括GW1-ID,终端经过执行TAU之后,终端对应的TA List中的跟踪区域的信息包括:GW1-ID,那么,在寻呼终端时,通过TA List中GW1-ID索引到以GW1为服务网关的gNB1和gNB2,通过gNB1和gNB2发送寻呼消息。若gNB1所广播的跟踪区域的信息包括GW1-2-ID,终端经过执行TAU之后,终端对应的TA List中的跟踪区域的信息包括:GW1-2-ID,那么,在寻呼终端时,通过TA List中GW1-2-ID索引到以GW1为服务网关的gNB1,通过gNB1发送寻呼消息。可见,仅gNB1发送寻呼消息,寻呼消息的发送范围也仅为gNB1覆盖的区域,可缩小寻呼范围,节约寻呼资源。进一步的,相对于仅采用服务网关的信息(GW1-ID)进行终端位置连接和寻呼,TA List中的子区域信息能够更精准的表征终端所处的位置,进一步节省寻呼资源。Here, since the area information in the TA List includes the sub-area of the gateway coverage area, the first core network device determines the sending area of the paging message according to the sub-area information in the TA List, which can reduce the paging range and save paging Resources. For example, referring to Figure 30, in Figure 30, the dashed elliptical area in the right half is sub-area 1 (denoted as "-1"), and the dashed elliptical area in the left half is sub-area 2 (denoted as "-2") . If the tracking area information broadcast by the access network device includes GW1-ID, after the terminal performs TAU, the tracking area information in the TA List corresponding to the terminal includes: GW1-ID, then when paging the terminal, pass TA GW1-ID in the List is indexed to gNB1 and gNB2 with GW1 as the serving gateway, and paging messages are sent through gNB1 and gNB2. If the tracking area information broadcast by gNB1 includes GW1-2-ID, after the terminal performs TAU, the tracking area information in the TA List corresponding to the terminal includes: GW1-2-ID, then when paging the terminal, pass The GW1-2-ID in the TA List is indexed to gNB1 with GW1 as the serving gateway, and the paging message is sent through gNB1. It can be seen that only gNB1 sends paging messages, and the sending range of paging messages is only the area covered by gNB1, which can reduce the paging range and save paging resources. Further, compared to only using the information of the serving gateway (GW1-ID) for terminal location connection and paging, the sub-area information in the TA List can more accurately characterize the location of the terminal, and further save paging resources.
上述主要从不同网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,第一终端装置、第二终端装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。结合本申请中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还 是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同的方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请实施例的技术方案的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between different network elements. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the first terminal device and the second terminal device include hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. In combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed in the present application, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对通信装置进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application may divide the communication device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional unit may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
图31示出了本申请实施例中提供的通信装置的一种示意性框图。该通信装置3100可以以软件的形式存在,也可以为设备,或者设备中的组件(比如芯片系统)。该通信装置3100包括:存储单元3101、处理单元3102和通信单元3103。FIG. 31 shows a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 3100 may exist in the form of software, or a device, or a component in the device (such as a chip system). The communication device 3100 includes a storage unit 3101, a processing unit 3102, and a communication unit 3103.
通信单元3103还可以划分为发送单元(并未在图31中示出)和接收单元(并未在图31中示出)。其中,发送单元,用于支持通信装置3100向其他网元发送信息。接收单元,用于支持通信装置3100从其他网元接收信息。The communication unit 3103 can also be divided into a sending unit (not shown in FIG. 31) and a receiving unit (not shown in FIG. 31). The sending unit is used to support the communication device 3100 to send information to other network elements. The receiving unit is used to support the communication device 3100 to receive information from other network elements.
存储单元3101,用于存储装置3100的程序代码和数据,数据可以包括不限于原始数据或者中间数据等。The storage unit 3101 is used to store the program code and data of the device 3100, and the data may include but is not limited to raw data or intermediate data.
当通信装置作为终端时,通信单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的广播消息,广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;存储单元,用于存储跟踪区域的信息。When the communication device is used as a terminal, the communication unit is used to receive broadcast messages from the access network equipment. The broadcast messages include tracking area information, which includes service gateway information; the storage unit is used to store tracking area information .
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于若通信单元接收到的广播消息中的跟踪区域的信息不在存储单元的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则执行跟踪区域更新TAU。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to perform the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information in the broadcast message received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于若通信单元接收到的以服务网关为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在存储单元的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则执行跟踪区域更新TAU。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to execute the tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information with the granularity of the serving gateway received by the communication unit is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,子区域属于服务网关的覆盖区域,处理单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的广播消息之后,若通信单元接收到的以子区域为粒度的跟踪区域的信息不在存储单元的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则执行跟踪区域更新TAU。In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes the information of the sub-area. The sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway. The processing unit is used to receive the broadcast message from the access network device, if the communication unit receives the information If the information of the tracking area with the granularity of the sub-area is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit, the tracking area update TAU is executed.
当通信装置作为接入网设备时,处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;通信单元,用于发送广播消息,广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息。When the communication device is used as an access network device, the processing unit is used to obtain tracking area information, which includes service gateway information; and the communication unit is used to send broadcast messages, which include tracking area information.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:用于确定服务网关;服务网关为接入网设备连接的地面网关,且接入网设备仅连接一个地面网关;或者,服务网关为N个地面网关中信号强度最好的网关,且接入网设备连接N个地面网关,其中,N>1,N为整数;In a possible design, the processing unit is used to obtain the information of the tracking area, including: used to determine the serving gateway; the serving gateway is the ground gateway connected to the access network device, and the access network device is connected to only one ground gateway; Or, the serving gateway is the gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways, and the access network device is connected to the N ground gateways, where N>1, and N is an integer;
还用于根据服务网关的信息获取跟踪区域的信息。It is also used to obtain the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:用于根据第一对应关系,获取跟踪区域的信息。其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit, configured to obtain the information of the tracking area, includes: being configured to obtain the information of the tracking area according to the first correspondence. The first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元,用于发送广播消息,包括:用于在第一时段内,发送第一广播消息,第一广播消息包括第一时段所对应的服务网关的信息;In a possible design, the communication unit, configured to send a broadcast message, includes: being configured to send a first broadcast message in a first time period, and the first broadcast message includes information of a service gateway corresponding to the first time period;
还用于在第二时段内,发送第二广播消息,第二广播消息包括第二时段所对应的服务网关的信息,第一广播消息和第二广播消息中包括的服务网关的信息不同。It is also used to send a second broadcast message in the second time period, the second broadcast message includes the service gateway information corresponding to the second time period, and the service gateway information included in the first broadcast message and the second broadcast message are different.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,子区域属于时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域。In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes sub-area information, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway in the time period.
通信单元,用于发送广播消息,包括:用于在第三时段内,发送第三广播消息,第三广播消息包括第三时段所对应的子区域的信息;The communication unit is configured to send a broadcast message, including: being used to send a third broadcast message in a third time period, the third broadcast message including information of a sub-region corresponding to the third time period;
还用于在第四时段内,发送第四广播消息,第四广播消息包括第四时段所对应的子区域的信息,第三广播消息和第四广播消息中包括的子区域的信息不同。It is also used to send a fourth broadcast message in the fourth time period, the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-region corresponding to the fourth time period, and the information of the sub-region included in the third broadcast message and the fourth broadcast message are different.
当通信装置作为接入网设备时,通信单元,用于向第一核心网设备发送连接建立请求,连接建立请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所对应的一个或多个地面网关的信息;还用于接收来自第一核心网设备的连接建立响应。When the communication device is used as an access network device, the communication unit is used to send a connection establishment request to the first core network device. The connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device. The establishment request includes information of one or more ground gateways corresponding to the first core network device; it is also used to receive a connection establishment response from the first core network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于从检测到的地面网关同步信号中获取地面网关的信息。In a possible design, the processing unit is used to obtain ground gateway information from the detected ground gateway synchronization signal.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元,还用于向第一核心网设备发送TA更新请求;其中,TA更新请求包括更新后的跟踪区域的信息,更新后的跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关是一个或多个地面网关中的一个网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与通信装置的对应关系;In a possible design, the communication unit is also used to send a TA update request to the first core network device; wherein the TA update request includes the updated tracking area information, and the updated tracking area information includes the service gateway Information, the serving gateway is one of one or more ground gateways, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the communication device;
通信单元,还用于接收来自第一核心网设备的TA更新响应。The communication unit is also used to receive the TA update response from the first core network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于获取并根据第一对应关系,确定当前的服务网关的信息,以获取跟踪区域的信息。其中,第一对应关系包括服务网关的信息和时间段的信息之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to obtain and determine the current service gateway information according to the first correspondence to obtain the information of the tracking area. The first correspondence includes the correspondence between the information of the service gateway and the information of the time period.
在一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括时间信息,时间信息包括时间段的信息,且不同时间段接入网设备对应的服务网关的信息不同。In a possible design, the connection establishment request further includes time information, and the time information includes time period information, and the service gateway information corresponding to the access network device in different time periods is different.
在一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括子区域的信息,时间信息还包括子时段的信息,一个时间段包括一个或多个子时段,子区域属于时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,且不同子时段对应不同的子区域。In a possible design, the connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region, the time information also includes the information of the sub-period, a time period includes one or more sub-periods, the sub-region belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the time period, and Different sub-periods correspond to different sub-regions.
当通信装置作为核心网设备时,通信单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的连接建立请求,连接建立请求用于请求建立接入网设备与第一核心网设备之间的通信连接,连接建立请求包括第一核心网设备所连接的一个或多个地面网关的信息;还用于向接入网设备发送连接建立响应。When the communication device is used as a core network device, the communication unit is used to receive a connection establishment request from the access network device, the connection establishment request is used to request the establishment of a communication connection between the access network device and the first core network device, and the connection is established The request includes information about one or more ground gateways connected to the first core network device; it is also used to send a connection establishment response to the access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元,还用于接收来自接入网设备的TA更新请求,并向接入网设备发送TA更新响应;其中,TA更新请求包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息,服务网关包括从接入网设备连接的地面网关中所确定的网关,TA更新请求用于请求更新服务网关的信息与接入网设备之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the communication unit is also used to receive a TA update request from the access network device, and send a TA update response to the access network device; wherein the TA update request includes the information of the tracking area, and the tracking area The information includes the information of the serving gateway, the serving gateway includes the gateway determined from the ground gateways connected to the access network device, and the TA update request is used to request to update the correspondence between the information of the serving gateway and the access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括时间信息,时间信息包括时间段的信息,且不同时间段接入网设备对应的服务网关的信息不同。In a possible design, the connection establishment request further includes time information, and the time information includes time period information, and the service gateway information corresponding to the access network device in different time periods is different.
在一种可能的设计中,连接建立请求还包括子区域的信息,时间信息还包括子时段的信息,一个时间段包括一个或多个子时段,子区域属于时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,且 不同子时段对应不同的子区域。In a possible design, the connection establishment request further includes the information of the sub-region, the time information also includes the information of the sub-period, a time period includes one or more sub-periods, the sub-region belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the time period, and Different sub-periods correspond to different sub-regions.
当通信装置作为接入网设备时,通信单元,用于接收来自第一核心网设备的寻呼消息,并广播寻呼消息。其中,接入网设备包括发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。When the communication device is used as an access network device, the communication unit is used to receive a paging message from the first core network device and broadcast the paging message. Wherein, the access network equipment includes the access network equipment connected to the serving gateway in the sending time tracking area list TA List.
当通信装置作为核心网设备时,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,通信单元,用于向接入网设备发送寻呼消息。其中,跟踪区域列表TA List包括跟踪区域的信息,跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息。When the communication device is used as a core network device, the processing unit is used to determine the time when the paging message is sent to track the access network device connected to the service gateway in the TA List, and the communication unit is used to send paging to the access network device news. Among them, the tracking area list TA List includes tracking area information, and the tracking area information includes service gateway information.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:用于获取第二对应关系,并根据第二对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。其中,第二对应关系包括服务网关与接入网设备之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: acquiring the second correspondence, and according to the second The corresponding relationship determines the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time the paging message is sent. The second correspondence relationship includes the correspondence relationship between the service gateway and the access network device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:用于根据第三对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备。其中,第三对应关系包括时间段的信息、接入网设备与服务网关的之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing unit is configured to determine the access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent, including: determining the paging message according to the third correspondence The access network device connected to the serving gateway in the TA List at the sending time. Wherein, the third correspondence includes the information of the time period and the correspondence between the access network device and the service gateway.
在一种可能的设计中,跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,处理单元,用于确定寻呼消息发送时刻跟踪区域列表TA List中的服务网关所连接的接入网设备,包括:用于根据第四对应关系,确定寻呼消息发送时刻TA List中的子区域所对应的接入网设备。其中,第四对应关系包括子时段的信息、接入网设备和子区域的信息之间的对应关系,一个或多个子时段构成一个时间段,子区域属于所构成时间段的服务网关的覆盖区域,且第四对应关系用以指示:在不同的子时段,接入网设备对应的子区域。In a possible design, the tracking area information also includes sub-area information. The processing unit is used to determine the time when the paging message is sent. The access network equipment connected to the service gateway in the tracking area list TA List includes: According to the fourth correspondence, the access network device corresponding to the sub-area in the TA List at the time when the paging message is sent is determined. Wherein, the fourth correspondence relationship includes the correspondence between the information of the sub-period, the access network equipment and the information of the sub-area. One or more sub-periods constitute a time period, and the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway of the constituted time period. And the fourth correspondence is used to indicate: in different sub-periods, the corresponding sub-areas of the access network device.
其中,处理单元3102可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是CPU,通用处理器,DSP,ASIC,FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processing unit 3102 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a CPU, a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of this application. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
通信单元3103可以是通信接口、收发器或收发电路等,其中,该通信接口是统称,在具体实现中,该通信接口可以包括多个接口,例如可以包括:终端和终端之间的接口和/或其他接口。The communication unit 3103 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term. In a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces, for example, the interface between the terminal and the terminal and/ Or other interfaces.
存储单元3101可以是存储器。The storage unit 3101 may be a memory.
当处理单元3102为处理器,通信单元3103为通信接口,存储单元3101为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置3200可以为图32所示。When the processing unit 3102 is a processor, the communication unit 3103 is a communication interface, and the storage unit 3101 is a memory, the communication device 3200 involved in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 32.
参阅图32所示,该装置3200包括:处理器3202、收发器3203、存储器3201。Referring to FIG. 32, the device 3200 includes a processor 3202, a transceiver 3203, and a memory 3201.
其中,收发器3203可以为独立设置的发送器,该发送器可用于向其他设备发送信息,该收发器也可以为独立设置的接收器,用于从其他设备接收信息。该收发器也可以是将发送、接收信息功能集成在一起的部件,本申请实施例对收发器的具体实现不做限制。The transceiver 3203 may be an independently set transmitter, which may be used to send information to other devices, and the transceiver may also be an independently set receiver, which is used to receive information from other devices. The transceiver may also be a component that integrates the functions of sending and receiving information. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation of the transceiver.
可选的,装置3200还可以包括总线3204。其中,收发器3203、处理器3202以及存储器3201可以通过总线3204相互连接;总线3204可以是外设部件互连标准(Peripheral Component Interconnect,简称PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(Extended Industry  Standard Architecture,简称EISA)总线等。所述总线3204可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图32中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, the apparatus 3200 may further include a bus 3204. Among them, the transceiver 3203, the processor 3202, and the memory 3201 can be connected to each other through a bus 3204; the bus 3204 can be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (Extended Industry Standard Architecture, abbreviated as PCI). EISA) bus, etc. The bus 3204 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used to represent in FIG. 32, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(Digital Video Disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that: in the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (for example, coaxial cable, optical fiber, Digital Subscriber Line (DSL)) or wireless (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a Digital Video Disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a Solid State Disk (SSD)) )Wait.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络设备(例如终端)上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separate, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network devices (for example, Terminal). Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个功能单元独立存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each functional unit may exist independently, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储介质中,如计算机的软盘,硬盘或光盘等,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above implementation manners, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that this application can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is a better implementation. . Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk. , A hard disk or an optical disk, etc., include a number of instructions to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this, and changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application should all be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (13)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    终端接收来自接入网设备的广播消息,所述广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息,所述跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;The terminal receives a broadcast message from an access network device, the broadcast message includes information about a tracking area, and the information about the tracking area includes information about a service gateway;
    所述终端存储所述跟踪区域的信息。The terminal stores the information of the tracking area.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The communication method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    若接收到的广播消息中的跟踪区域的信息不在所述终端的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则所述终端执行跟踪区域更新TAU。If the tracking area information in the received broadcast message is not in the tracking area list TA List of the terminal, the terminal performs tracking area update TAU.
  3. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息,所述跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;The access network device acquires information about the tracking area, where the information about the tracking area includes information about the service gateway;
    所述接入网设备发送广播消息,所述广播消息包括所述跟踪区域的信息。The access network device sends a broadcast message, and the broadcast message includes the information of the tracking area.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:The communication method according to claim 3, wherein the access network device acquiring the information of the tracking area comprises:
    所述接入网设备确定服务网关;所述服务网关为所述接入网设备连接的地面网关,且所述接入网设备仅连接一个地面网关;或者,所述服务网关为N个地面网关中信号强度最好的网关,且所述接入网设备连接N个地面网关,其中,N>1,N为整数;The access network device determines a serving gateway; the serving gateway is a ground gateway to which the access network device is connected, and the access network device is connected to only one ground gateway; or, the serving gateway is N ground gateways Among the gateways with the best signal strength, and the access network device is connected to N ground gateways, where N>1, and N is an integer;
    所述接入网设备根据所述服务网关的信息获取所述跟踪区域的信息。The access network device obtains the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
  5. 根据权利要求3或4所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述接入网设备发送广播消息,包括:The communication method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the broadcast message sent by the access network device comprises:
    在第一时段内,所述接入网设备发送第一广播消息,所述第一广播消息包括所述第一时段所对应的服务网关的信息;In the first time period, the access network device sends a first broadcast message, where the first broadcast message includes information of the service gateway corresponding to the first time period;
    在第二时段内,所述接入网设备发送第二广播消息,所述第二广播消息包括所述第二时段所对应的服务网关的信息,所述第一广播消息和所述第二广播消息中包括的服务网关的信息不同。In the second time period, the access network device sends a second broadcast message, the second broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway corresponding to the second time period, the first broadcast message and the second broadcast The service gateway information included in the message is different.
  6. 根据权利要求3或4所述的通信方法,其特征在于,所述跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,所述子区域属于所述服务网关的覆盖区域,所述接入网设备发送广播消息,包括:The communication method according to claim 3 or 4, wherein the information of the tracking area further includes information of a sub-area, the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway, and the access network device sends a broadcast News, including:
    在第三时段内,所述接入网设备发送第三广播消息,所述第三广播消息包括所述第三时段所对应的子区域的信息;In the third time period, the access network device sends a third broadcast message, where the third broadcast message includes information of the sub-area corresponding to the third time period;
    在第四时段内,所述接入网设备发送第四广播消息,所述第四广播消息包括所述第四时段所对应的子区域的信息,所述第三广播消息和所述第四广播消息中包括的子区域的信息不同。In the fourth time period, the access network device sends a fourth broadcast message, the fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-area corresponding to the fourth time period, the third broadcast message and the fourth broadcast message The information of the sub-area included in the message is different.
  7. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    通信单元,用于接收来自接入网设备的广播消息,所述广播消息包括跟踪区域的信息,所述跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;The communication unit is configured to receive a broadcast message from an access network device, where the broadcast message includes information about a tracking area, and the information about the tracking area includes information about a service gateway;
    存储单元,用于存储所述跟踪区域的信息。The storage unit is used to store the information of the tracking area.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:处理单元,The communication device according to claim 7, wherein the device further comprises: a processing unit,
    所述处理单元,用于若接收到的广播消息中的跟踪区域的信息不在所述存储单元的跟踪区域列表TA List中,则执行跟踪区域更新TAU。The processing unit is configured to perform a tracking area update TAU if the tracking area information in the received broadcast message is not in the tracking area list TA List of the storage unit.
  9. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,所述跟踪区域的信息包括服务网关的信息;A processing unit, configured to obtain information about a tracking area, where the information about the tracking area includes information about a service gateway;
    通信单元,用于发送广播消息,所述广播消息包括所述跟踪区域的信息。The communication unit is configured to send a broadcast message, the broadcast message including the information of the tracking area.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元,用于获取跟踪区域的信息,包括:用于确定服务网关;所述服务网关为所述通信装置连接的地面网关,且所述通信装置仅连接一个地面网关;或者,所述服务网关为N个地面网关中信号强度最好的网关,且所述通信装置连接N个地面网关,其中,N>1,N为整数;The communication device according to claim 9, wherein the processing unit is configured to obtain tracking area information, comprising: determining a service gateway; the service gateway is a ground gateway to which the communication device is connected, and The communication device is connected to only one ground gateway; or, the serving gateway is the gateway with the best signal strength among the N ground gateways, and the communication device is connected to N ground gateways, where N>1 and N is an integer;
    用于根据所述服务网关的信息获取所述跟踪区域的信息。It is used to obtain the information of the tracking area according to the information of the service gateway.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信单元,用于发送广播消息,包括:用于在第一时段内,发送第一广播消息,所述第一广播消息包括所述第一时段所对应的服务网关的信息;在第二时段内,发送第二广播消息,所述第二广播消息包括所述第二时段所对应的服务网关的信息,所述第一广播消息和所述第二广播消息中包括的服务网关的信息不同。The communication device according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the communication unit is configured to send a broadcast message, comprising: being configured to send a first broadcast message within a first time period, and the first broadcast message includes The information of the service gateway corresponding to the first time period; in the second time period, a second broadcast message is sent, the second broadcast message includes the information of the service gateway corresponding to the second time period, and the first broadcast The message and the information of the service gateway included in the second broadcast message are different.
  12. 根据权利要求9或10所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述跟踪区域的信息还包括子区域的信息,所述子区域属于所述服务网关的覆盖区域,所述通信单元,用于发送广播消息,包括:用于在第三时段内,发送第三广播消息,所述第三广播消息包括所述第三时段所对应的子区域的信息;在第四时段内,发送第四广播消息,所述第四广播消息包括所述第四时段所对应的子区域的信息,所述第三广播消息和所述第四广播消息中包括的子区域的信息不同。The communication device according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the information of the tracking area further includes information of a sub-area, the sub-area belongs to the coverage area of the service gateway, and the communication unit is configured to send The broadcast message includes: a third broadcast message for sending a third broadcast message in a third time period, the third broadcast message including information of a sub-area corresponding to the third time period; and a fourth broadcast message in the fourth time period The fourth broadcast message includes the information of the sub-region corresponding to the fourth time period, and the information of the sub-region included in the third broadcast message and the fourth broadcast message are different.
  13. 一种可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被执行时,如权利要求1至2中任一项所述的通信方法被实现,或者,如权利要求3至6中任一项所述的通信方法被实现。A readable storage medium, characterized by comprising a program or instruction, when the program or instruction is executed, the communication method according to any one of claims 1 to 2 is realized, or, as claimed in claim 3. The communication method described in any one of to 6 is implemented.
PCT/CN2020/084545 2019-04-17 2020-04-13 Communication method and apparatus WO2020211727A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910310680.XA CN111836357B (en) 2019-04-17 2019-04-17 Communication method and device
CN201910310680.X 2019-04-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020211727A1 true WO2020211727A1 (en) 2020-10-22

Family

ID=72837015

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/084545 WO2020211727A1 (en) 2019-04-17 2020-04-13 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111836357B (en)
WO (1) WO2020211727A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115189747A (en) * 2021-04-01 2022-10-14 华为技术有限公司 Satellite communication method, device and system
CN116391401A (en) * 2021-10-26 2023-07-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 TA information processing method and device, communication equipment and storage medium
CN116418386A (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-07-11 华为技术有限公司 Satellite communication method and communication device
CN117835348A (en) * 2024-03-05 2024-04-05 广东世炬网络科技有限公司 Method, device, equipment and medium for determining synchronous object of tracking area code

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101272614A (en) * 2007-03-20 2008-09-24 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for selecting network equipment
US20170105093A1 (en) * 2012-07-10 2017-04-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Reducing signaling load caused by change of terminal location
CN106900031A (en) * 2015-12-17 2017-06-27 中国电信股份有限公司 The methods, devices and systems of user plane gateway gravity treatment under CU separation scenes
US20180332462A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2018-11-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for transmitting data in ciot system and device therefor

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4912739B2 (en) * 2006-05-16 2012-04-11 株式会社トプコン RTK-GPS survey system
CN101754317B (en) * 2008-12-15 2013-06-05 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for routing cell switching information
CN101998579A (en) * 2009-08-11 2011-03-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for providing cell information of home base station for user equipment
CN105491546A (en) * 2014-10-11 2016-04-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for distinguishing type of base station in LTE self-organizing network, base station and terminal
CN107222899A (en) * 2016-03-21 2017-09-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The system of selection of user plane gateway and system
CN107517455A (en) * 2016-06-17 2017-12-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Transmission method and device, MME, SGSN of SGwU addresses
CN109417728B (en) * 2016-06-30 2023-02-28 苹果公司 Apparatus for authorizing and enabling/disabling enhanced overlay functionality

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101272614A (en) * 2007-03-20 2008-09-24 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and device for selecting network equipment
US20170105093A1 (en) * 2012-07-10 2017-04-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Reducing signaling load caused by change of terminal location
US20180332462A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2018-11-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for transmitting data in ciot system and device therefor
CN106900031A (en) * 2015-12-17 2017-06-27 中国电信股份有限公司 The methods, devices and systems of user plane gateway gravity treatment under CU separation scenes

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP ORG: "3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; Solutions for NR to support non-terrestrial networks (NTN) (Release 16)", 3GPP TR 38.821 V0.4.0, 11 April 2019 (2019-04-11), DOI: 20200611082039A *
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Considerations on paging mechanism in NTN", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #104 R2-1818250, 16 November 2018 (2018-11-16), XP051557751, DOI: 20200612104409A *
HUAWEI: "Interface issues in NTN", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG3 MEETING #103 R3-190644, 1 March 2019 (2019-03-01), XP051604580, DOI: 20200612104322A *
HUAWEI: "The issue of paging in NTN", 3GPP TSG-RAN3 MEETING #101BIS R3-185706, 12 October 2018 (2018-10-12), XP051528979, DOI: 20200612104501A *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111836357A (en) 2020-10-27
CN111836357B (en) 2022-08-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020211727A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
KR101763988B1 (en) Method and apparatus for communicating neighbor cells
US11197180B2 (en) Terminal apparatus, method, and recording medium
CN110769458B (en) Communication method, access network equipment and terminal equipment
CN107113536A (en) Node and method for handling the communication networked based on information centre
EP3453204A1 (en) System and method for congestion control in a communication system
WO2014170632A1 (en) Telecommunications apparatus and methods
EP2987373A1 (en) Telecommunications apparatus and methods
EP3400736B1 (en) Sharing network feedback information using a device-to-device link
RU2747990C2 (en) Method for communication and communication apparatus
WO2018068536A1 (en) Method and terminal for network switching
WO2022067643A1 (en) Cell selection method and apparatus, and paging method and apparatus
JP2018527817A (en) Inter-device communication method, device, and system
US9049579B2 (en) Method and apparatus for setting terminal connection control information in a mobile communication system
EP3649802A1 (en) Transfer of measurement configuration information in wireless communication networks
WO2022131240A1 (en) Neighboring cell mobility information for vehicle-mounted relays
US20230388904A1 (en) Communications devices, infrastructure equipment and methods
JP2023512613A (en) Measurement control method, network equipment and terminal equipment
WO2022172822A1 (en) Neighboring cell relative mobility information for vehicle mounted relays
CN112616164B (en) Method for maintaining continuity of transmission service and service center
WO2023173981A1 (en) Task configuration method and apparatus
WO2023138352A1 (en) Inter-system interoperation method and device
KR20190052465A (en) Apparatus and method for paging processing
WO2022131242A1 (en) Cell reselection based on cell mobility information
WO2022131241A1 (en) Serving cell mobility information for vehicle-mounted relays

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20791617

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20791617

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1